SI8812187A - Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds - Google Patents

Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
SI8812187A
SI8812187A SI8812187A SI8812187A SI8812187A SI 8812187 A SI8812187 A SI 8812187A SI 8812187 A SI8812187 A SI 8812187A SI 8812187 A SI8812187 A SI 8812187A SI 8812187 A SI8812187 A SI 8812187A
Authority
SI
Slovenia
Prior art keywords
lower alkyl
alkyl
hydroxy
prepared
phenyl
Prior art date
Application number
SI8812187A
Other languages
Slovenian (sl)
Inventor
Eric Keith Baylis
Helmut Bittiger
Wolfgang Froestl
Roger Graham Hall
Ludwig Maier
Stuart John Mickel
Hans-Rudolf Olpe
Original Assignee
Ciba Geigy Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GB878728483A external-priority patent/GB8728483D0/en
Application filed by Ciba Geigy Ag filed Critical Ciba Geigy Ag
Publication of SI8812187A publication Critical patent/SI8812187A/en

Links

Abstract

Spojine s formulo I v kateri R pomeni alifatski, cikloalifatski, cikloalifatskoalifatski in aralifatski radikal z 2 ali več atomi ogljika in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R1, R2 in R2 vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal, je drugi od R1, R2 in R3 vodik, atije, v primeru R1 in R , hidroksi in je preostali od R1, R2 in R3 vodik, in njihove soli imajo antagonistične lastnosti proti GABAb in jih lahko uporabimo kot antagoniste GABAb- Dobimo jih, če v spojini s formulo II v kateri imajo R, R1, R2 in R3 svoje predhodne pomene, Z predstavlja -NH2 in R4 pomeni zaščitno skupino R5 za hidroksi ali, če pomenita R1 in R3 vodik in pomeni R2 vodik ali alkil, pomeni ion alkalijske kovine ali amonijev ion R6, ali Z predstavlja zaščiteno ali latentno amino skupino Z° in R4 pomeni vodik ali zaščitno skupino R5 za hidroksi, katerokoli skupino R5 ali R6 nadomestimo z vodikom in/ali katerokoli skupino Z° pretvorimo v -NH2.Compounds of Formula I wherein R is aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic aliphatic and an araliphatic radical of 2 or more carbon atoms and in which one of the groups R 1, R 2 and R 2 represents hydrogen or aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic the radical is the second of R1, R2 and R3 hydrogen, atoms, in the example R1 and R are hydroxy and the rest of R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogen, and their salts have antagonistic properties against GABAb and can be used as antagonists GABAb- They are obtained if in a compound of formula II in which R, R1, R2 and R3 have their precursors mean, Z represents -NH2 and R4 represents protective R5 is hydroxy or, if R1 and R3 are hydrogen and R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, is an alkali ion metal or ammonium ion R6 or Z represents protected or the latent amino group Z ° and R 4 is hydrogen or hydroxy protecting group R5, any R5 group or R 6 is replaced by hydrogen and / or any group Z ° is converted to -NH2.

Description

v kateri R pomeni alifatski, cikloalifatski, cikloalifatskoalifatski in aralifatski radikal z 2 ali več atomi ogljika in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R1, R2 in R2 vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal, je drugi od R1, R2 in R3 vodik, atije, v primeru R1 in R , hidroksi in je preostali od R1, R2 in R3 vodik, in njihove soli imajo antagonistične lastnosti proti GABAb in jih lahko uporabimo kot antagoniste GABAb- Dobimo jih, če v spojini s formulo IIin which R is an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic aliphatic and araliphatic radical of 2 or more carbon atoms and in which one of the groups R 1 , R 2 and R 2 is hydrogen or an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic radical is the other of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen, atoms, in the case of R 1 and R, hydroxy and the remainder of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen, and their salts have antagonistic properties against GABAb and can be used as GABAb antagonists. if in a compound of formula II

v kateri imajo R, R1, R2 in R3 svoje predhodne pomene, Z predstavlja -NH2 in R4 pomeni zaščitno skupino R5 za hidroksi ali, če pomenita R1 in R3 vodik in pomeni R2 vodik ali alkil, pomeni ion alkalijske kovine ali amonijev ion R6, ali Z predstavlja zaščiteno ali latentno amino skupino Z° in R4 pomeni vodik ali zaščitno skupino R5 za hidroksi, katerokoli skupino R5 ali R6 nadomestimo z vodikom in/ali katerokoli skupino Z° pretvorimo v -NH2.in which R, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 have their previous meanings, Z represents -NH 2 and R 4 represents a protecting group R 5 for hydroxy or, if R 1 and R 3 are hydrogen and R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl, means an alkali metal ion or an ammonium ion R 6 , or Z represents a protected or latent amino group Z ° and R 4 means hydrogen or a protecting group R 5 for hydroxy, any group R 5 or R 6 being replaced by hydrogen and / or any group Z ° converted in -NH2.

CIBA-GEIGY AGCIBA-GEIGY AG

Postopek za pripravo spojin substituiranih propan-fosfinskih kislinA process for the preparation of compounds of substituted propane-phosphinic acids

Področje tehnike, v katero spada izumFIELD OF THE INVENTION

Izum spada v področje farmacevtske inustrije in se nanaša na postopek za pripravo spojin s formulo IThe invention is within the scope of the pharmaceutical industry and relates to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula I

v kateri R pomeni alifatski, cikloalifatski, cikloalifatskoalifatski ali aralifatski -radikal z 2 ali več atomi ogljika in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , P, in RJ vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal,wherein R represents an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, or araliphatic cikloalifatskoalifatski -radikal with 2 or more carbon atoms, and in which represents one of the groups D, F, and R J is hydrogen or an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic radical,

3 12 je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je,v primeru R in R ,3 12 is other than R, R and R hydrogen or, in the case of R and R,

2 3 hidroksi in je preostali od R , R in fi vodik, pod pogojem da je R različen od 1,1-di(C 1 -C^-alkoksi)-C1-C^-alkila, če2 3 is hydroxy and the residue of R, R and fi is hydrogen, provided that R is other than 1,1-di (C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy) -C 1 -C 4 -alkyl if

3 eden od R , R in R predstavlja vodik, C^-Cg-alkil, C^-Cgcikloalkil, fenil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran s halogenom, C^-C^-alkilom, -C^-alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom ali C^-C^-fenilalkil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, C^-C^-alkilom, -C^-alkoksi 1 2 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, in sta druga dva od R , R in R vodik, in na njihove soli, pod pogojem, da so soli spojin s formulo I, v kateri R pomeni nesubstituiran alifatski, cikloalifatski ali aralifatski ogljikovodični radikal, R1 in 3 23 one of R, R and R represents hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by halogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, -C 1 -alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl or C 1 -C 4 -phenylalkyl optionally substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, -C 1 -alkoxy 1 2 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, and the other two being R, R and R are hydrogen, and to their salts, provided that they are salts of compounds of formula I in which R is an unsubstituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon radical, R 1 and 3 2

R pomenita vodik in je R vodik ali alkil, z bazami različne od soli alkalijskih kovin in amonijevih soli.R is hydrogen and R is hydrogen or alkyl, with bases other than alkali metal salts and ammonium salts.

Alifatski radikali R so npr. alkilne skupine, ki so lahko prekinjene z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in/ali substituirane s halogenom ali hidroksi, kot alkil, alkil, ki je mono-, di- ali poli- substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izranima med kisikom in žveplom, ali alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in je substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, alkenilne skupine, ki so lahko mono-, di- ali poli- substituirane s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, kot nižji alkenil ali nižji alkenil, ki je substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, ali alkinilne skupine, kot nižji alkinil. Alifatski radikali R^, R 2 ali r3 so npr. nižje alkilne skupine.The aliphatic radicals R are e.g. alkyl groups which may be interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and / or substituted by halogen or hydroxy, such as alkyl, alkyl mono-, di- or poly-substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms torn between oxygen and sulfur, or alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, alkenyl groups which may be mono-, di- or poly-substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, such as lower alkenyl or lower alkenyl, which is halogen substituted and / or hydroxy, or alkynyl groups, as lower alkynyl. The aliphatic radicals R1, R2, or r3 are e.g. lower alkyl groups.

Cikloalifatski radikali R so npr. cikloalkilneThe cycloaliphatic radicals R are e.g. cycloalkyl

- 3 skupine, ki so lahko prekinjene z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in/ali substituirane s hidroksi, kot cikloalkil, cikloalkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, ali cikloalkil, substituiran s hidroksi. 12 3- 3 groups which may be interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and / or substituted by hydroxy, such as cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur or cycloalkyl substituted with hydroxy. 12 3

Cikloalifatski radikali R , R ali RJ so npr. cikloalkilne skupine.The cycloaliphatic radicals R, R or R J are e.g. cycloalkyl groups.

Cikloalifatsko-alifatski radikali R so npr. cikloalkil-nižje alkilne skupine, ki so lahko prekinjene z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in/ali substituirane s hidroksi in/ali nižjim alkiltio, kot cikloalkil-nižji alkil, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, ali cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je substituiran v cikloalkilnem delu s hidroksi ali nižjim alkiltio in/ali v alkilenskem delu s hidroksi.The cycloaliphatic-aliphatic radicals R are e.g. cycloalkyl-lower alkyl groups which may be interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and / or substituted by hydroxy and / or lower alkylthio, such as cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, which is interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl which is substituted in the cycloalkyl moiety by hydroxy or lower alkylthio and / or in the alkylene moiety by hydroxy.

Aralifatski radikali R in/ali r\ R^ ali R^ so npr. fenil-nižji alkilni ali naftil-nižji alkilni radikali, ki so lahko substituirani v arilnem obroču s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, in/ali v nižjem alkilenskem delu s hidroksi, kot fenil-nižji alkil, fenil-(1-hidroksi)-nižji alkil, naftil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom.The araliphatic radicals R and / or r \ R ^ or R ^ are e.g. phenyl-lower alkyl or naphthyl-lower alkyl radicals which may be substituted in the aryl ring by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, and / or lower alkylene moiety by hydroxy, such as phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl- ( 1-hydroxy-lower alkyl, naphthyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl.

33

Aromatski radikali R , R ali R so npr. fenil, naftil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom.The aromatic radicals R, R or R are e.g. phenyl, naphthyl or phenyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl.

V spojinah s formulo I je skupina R vezana na atom P preko atoma ogljika.In the compounds of formula I, the group R is bonded to the P atom via a carbon atom.

Alkil, alkenil in alkinil R lahko vsebujejo do in vključno 14, prednostno 12 atomov ogljika, in jih predstavljajo nižji alkil, nižji alkenil in nižji alkinil. Alkil R je lahko tudi Cg-C^-, npr. Cg-C12-alkil, kot oktilna, nonilna, decilna, undecilna ali dodecilna skupina, npr. decilna ali dodecilna skupina.Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl R may contain up to and including 14, preferably 12 carbon atoms, represented by lower alkyl, lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl. Alkyl R may also be Cg-C ^ -, e.g. Cg-C 12 alkyl such as octyl, enoic, decile, undecilna or dodecyl group, eg. decile or dodecyl group.

Alkil ali alkenil, ki je mono-, di- ali polisubstituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, predstavljajo mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil, hidroksi-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji hidroksialkil in mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji hidroksialkenil.Alkyl or alkenyl which is mono-, di- or polysubstituted by halogen and / or hydroxy represent mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen-lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower hydroxyalkyl and mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower hydroxyalkenyl.

Alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, predstavljajo nižji alkoksinižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfinil-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfonil-nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil in nižji alkoksi-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil.Alkyl interrupted by one or two atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur represent lower alkoxy lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfinyl-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfonyl-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl and lower alkoxy-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl.

Alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in ki je substituiran s hidroksi in/ali halogenom, predstavljata nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi) nižji alkil in nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji alkil.Alkyl which is interrupted by one or two atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and which is substituted by hydroxy and / or halogen represent lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl and lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower alkyl.

Cikloalkil predstavlja Cg-Cg-cikloalkil.Cycloalkyl represents Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl.

Cikloalkil, substituiran s hidroksi, predstavlja l-hidroksi-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil.Cycloalkyl substituted with hydroxy represents 1-hydroxy-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl.

Cikloalkil in cikloalkil v cikloalkil-nižjem alkilu, ki je v obeh primerih prekinjen z enim ali dvema atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, predstavljajo oksa-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil, tia-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil, dioksa-Cg-Cgcikloalkil, ditia-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil in oksatia-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil.Cycloalkyl and cycloalkyl in cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, which in each case is interrupted by one or two atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, represent oxa-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl, thia-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl, dioxa-Cg-Cgcycloalkyl, dithia-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl and oxatia-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl.

Cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je substituiran v cikloalkilnem delu s hidroksi in/ali nižjim alkiltio in/ali v alkilenskem delu s hidroksi, predstavljajo nižji alkiltiocikloalkil-nižji alkil, cikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižji alkil in nižji alkiltiocikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižji alkil.Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl substituted on the cycloalkyl moiety with hydroxy and / or lower alkylthio and / or in alkylene moiety with hydroxy represent lower alkylthiocycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl and lower alkylthiocycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower .

Splošne definicije, ki jih uporabljamo tukaj, imajo v obsegu pričujočega izuma sledeče pomene.The general definitions used herein have the following meanings within the scope of the present invention.

Izraz nižji, o katerem je govor više in niže v zvezi z organskimi radikali oz. spojinami, definira, če ni izrecno definirano drugače, take z do in vključno 7, prednostno z do in vključno 4 atomi ogljika.The term lower, spoken of more and less in relation to organic radicals. compounds, unless otherwise explicitly defined, such with up to and including 7, preferably with up to and including 4 carbon atoms.

Nižji alkil R predstavlja C2~C^-alkil, npr. etil, propil, izopropil, butil, izobutil, sek.butil, terc.butil, (2-metil)butil, heksil ali heptil. Nižji alkil, ki ni R, pomeni npr. C^C^-alkil, npr. metil, etil, propil, izopropil, butil ali terc.butil.Lower alkyl R represents C 2 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, (2-methyl) butyl, hexyl or heptyl. Lower alkyl other than R means e.g. C1-C4-alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or tert-butyl.

Nižji alkenil pomeni npr. C2-Cy-alkenil, prednostnoLower alkenyl means e.g. C 2 -Cy-alkenyl, preferably

Cg-C^-alkenil, ki nosi dvojno vez v legi, ki je višja kot lega » in je npr. 2-propenil (alil), but-3-en-1-il, (2-raetil)prop-2-en-1-il (izobutenil) ali (5-metil)but-2-en-1-il vendar lahko nosi dvojno vez tudi v legi in je lahko npr. vinil, prop-1-enil ali but-1-enil, ali je lahko Cgali C^-alkenil, kot heksenilna ali heptenilna skupina.Cg-C ^ -alkenyl bearing a double bond in a position higher than the position "and is e.g. 2-propenyl (allyl), but-3-en-1-yl, (2-raethyl) prop-2-en-1-yl (isobutenyl) or (5-methyl) but-2-en-1-yl but it can also carry a double bond in position and can be e.g. vinyl, prop-1-enyl or but-1-enyl, or it may be C 1 -C 6 -alkenyl, such as a hexenyl or heptenyl group.

Nižji alkinil pomeni npr. C2-C^-alkinil, prednostno C^-C^-alkinil, ki nosi trojno vez v legi, ki je višja kot lega <X,fS , in je npr. 2-propinil (propargil), but-3-in-1-il, but-2-in-1-il ali pent-3-in-1-il.Lower alkynyl means e.g. C 2 -C 4 -alkynyl, preferably C 1 -C 4 -alkynyl, bearing a triple bond in a position higher than the position <X, fS, and e.g. 2-propynyl (propargyl), but-3-in-1-yl, but-2-in-1-yl or pent-3-yn-1-yl.

C^-Cg-cikloalkil ima prednostno 3 do 6 obročnih atomov ogljika in je tako C^-Cg-cikloalkil, npr. ciklopropil, ciklobutil, ciklopentil ali cikloheksil.C 1 -C 8 cycloalkyl preferably has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms and is thus C 1 -C 8 cycloalkyl, e.g. cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.

C^-Cg-cikloalkil-nižji alkil ima prednostno 3 do 6 obročnih in 1 do 4 verižnih atomov ogljika in je npr. C^-Cg-cikloalkil-C-j-Cjj-alkil, kot ciklopropilmetil, ciklobutilmetil ali cikloheksilmetil.C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl preferably has 3 to 6 ring and 1 to 4 chain carbon atoms and is e.g. C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl.

Mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil nosi prednostno eno od hidroksi skupin v legi O< in je npr. (X-hidroksi-C2-Cyalkil, kot <X -hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, npr. 1-hidroksietil,Mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl preferably has one of the hydroxy groups in the O <1> position and is e.g. (X-hydroxy-C 2 -Cyalkyl, such as <X -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. 1-hydroxyethyl,

2-(2-hidroksi)propil, 1-hidroksibutil, 2-(2-hidroksi)butil ali 1-(1-hidroksi-2-metilJpropil, ali <Χ,β -dihidroksi-C^-C?alkil, kot 1,2-dihidroksi-prop-2-il, vendar lahko nosi eno samo hidroksi skupino v legi, ki je višja kot lega , in pomeni npr. y- ali ¢5 -hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, npr. 3-hidroksipropil ali 2-, 3- ali 4-hidroksibutil.2- (2-hydroxy) propyl, 1-hydroxybutyl, 2- (2-hydroxy) butyl or 1- (1-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl, or <1, β-dihydroxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such as 1 , 2-dihydroxy-prop-2-yl, but may carry a single hydroxy group in a position higher than the position and means, for example, y- or ¢ 5-hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. -hydroxypropyl or 2-, 3- or 4-hydroxybutyl.

Hidroksi-nižji alkenil nosi prednostno hidroksi skupino v legi X in dvojno vez v legi, ki je višja kot lega , β) , in ustreza npr. o< -hidroksi-C^-C^-alkenilu, npr.The hydroxy-lower alkenyl preferably carries a hydroxy group in position X and a double bond in a position higher than position (β), and corresponds to e.g. o -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkenyl, e.g.

1-hidroksibut-2-enilu.1-hydroxybut-2-enyl.

Mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkil je za primer mono-, di- ali trifluoro-C^-C^-alkil, npr. 3,3,3-trifluoropropil, 4,4,4-trifluorobutil, 1- ali 2-fluorobutil ali 1,1-difluorobutil.Mono-, di-, or polyhalogen-lower alkyl is, for example, mono-, di-, or trifluoro-C1-C4-alkyl, e.g. 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 1- or 2-fluorobutyl or 1,1-difluorobutyl.

Mono-, di ali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil je za primer mono-, di ali trifluoro-C^-C^-alkenil, npr. 2-fluorobut2-enil.Mono-, di or polyhalogen-lower alkenyl is, for example, mono-, di or trifluoro-C1-C4-alkenyl, e.g. 2-fluorobut2-enyl.

Mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji hidroksialkil in mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji hidroksialkenil nosi prednostno hidroksi skupino v legiin atom(e) halogena v legi, ki je višja kot lega «. , in ustreza npr. mono-, diali trifluoro- <*.-hidroksi-C2-C?-alkilu ali mono-, di- ali trifluoro-C^-C^-alkenilu, npr. 2-fluoro-1-hidroksibutilu, 2fluoro-1-hidroksi-but-2-en-1-ilu ali 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-hidroksi butilu.Mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower hydroxyalkyl and mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower hydroxyalkenyl preferably carry a hydroxy group to the higher position of the halogen atom (s) of the halogen. " , and fits e.g. mono-, dial-trifluoro <* .- hydroxy-C 2 -C? -alkilu or mono-, dial trifluoro-C ^ -C ^ -alkenilu, for example. 2-fluoro-1-hydroxybutyl, 2fluoro-1-hydroxy-but-2-en-1-yl or 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-hydroxy butyl.

Nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil ima prednostno do 10 atomov ogljika in je npr. C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot C.j-C^-alkoksi-C .j-C^-alkil, npr. metoksimetil, etoksimetil, 2-metoksietil, 2-etoksietil, 3-metoksipropil ali 1- aliLower alkoxy-lower alkyl preferably has up to 10 carbon atoms and is e.g. C1-C4-alkoxy-C1-C4-alkyl, such as C1-C4-alkoxy-C1-C4-alkyl, e.g. methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-methoxypropyl or 1- or

2-metoksibutil.2-methoxybutyl.

Nižji alkoksi je za primer C1-C^-alkoksi, npr. metoksi, etoksi, izopropoksi, propoksi, butoksi, sek.butoksi ali terc.butoksi.Lower alkoxy is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, butoxy, sec.butoxy or tert.butoxy.

Nižji alkoksi-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil je za primer C1-C^-alkoksi-C2-Cll-alkoksi-C1-C^-alkil, npr. 2-metoksietoksimetil.Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 2 -C 11 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. 2-methoxyethoxymethyl.

Nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil ima prednostno do 10 atomov ogljika in je za primer C^-C^-alkiltio-C^-C^-alkil, kot C — C 3 — a 1 k i 11 i o - C .j — C —a 1 k i 1, npr. metiltiometil, etiltiometil, 2-metiltioetil, 2-etiltioetil ali 3-metiltiopropil.Lower alkylthio-lower alkyl preferably has up to 10 carbon atoms and is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkylthio-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as C - C 3 - a 1 which 11 io - C 1 - C - a 1 ki 1, e.g. methylthiomethyl, ethylthiomethyl, 2-methylthioethyl, 2-ethylthioethyl or 3-methylthiopropyl.

Nižji alkansulfinil- in nižji alkansulfonil-nižji alkil ima prednostno do 10 atomov ogljika in je za primer C1-C^-alkansulfinil- ali -C^-alkansulfonil-C^-C^-alkil, npr. etansulfinilmetil ali etansulfonilmetil.Lower alkanesulfinyl- and lower alkansulfonyl-lower alkyl preferably has up to 10 carbon atoms and is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkanesulfinyl or -C 1 -alkanesulfonyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. ethanesulfinylmethyl or ethanesulfonylmethyl.

Di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil ima prednostno skupno| 15 atomov ogljika in je za primer di-C^-C^-alkoksiC^-C^-alkil, kot di-C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil, npr. dimetoksimetil, dietoksimetil, dipropiloksimetil, 1,1- ali 2,2-dietoksietil, diizopropiloksimetil, di-n-butoksimetil ali 3,3-dimetoksipropil.The di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl preferably has a total of 15 carbon atoms and is, for example, di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxyC 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, e.g. dimethoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, dipropyloxymethyl, 1,1- or 2,2-diethoxyethyl, diisopropyloxymethyl, di-n-butoxymethyl or 3,3-dimethoxypropyl.

Di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil ima prednostno skupno 15 atomov ogljika in je za primer di-C^-C^-alkiltioC.j-Cjj-alkil, kot di-C^C^-alkiltio-C^-C^-alkil, npr. dimetiltiometil, dietiltiometil ali 1,1- ali 2,2-dimetiltioetil.Di-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl preferably has a total of 15 carbon atoms and is, for example, di-C 1 -C 4 -alkylthioC 1 -C 6 -alkyl, such as di-C 1 -C 4 -alkylthio-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl , e.g. dimethylthiomethyl, diethylthiomethyl or 1,1- or 2,2-dimethylthioethyl.

Nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi)nižji alkil je za primer C.j-C^-alkoksi-C.j-C?-(hidroksi)alkil, npr. 2-(2-hidroksi-3metoksi)propil.Lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 6 - (hydroxy) alkyl, e.g. 2- (2-hydroxy-3methoxy) propyl.

Nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji alkil je za primer C-C^-alkoksi-C^-0γ-(halogeno)alkil, npr. 1-(2-fluoro-1-metoksi) butil.Lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower alkyl is, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 0 -0γ- (halogen) alkyl, e.g. 1- (2-Fluoro-1-methoxy) butyl.

Hidroksi-C^-Cg-cikloalkil je za primer 1-hidroksiCg-Cg-cikloalkil, npr. 1-hidroksiciklobutil.Hydroxy-C1-C8-cycloalkyl is, for example, 1-hydroxy-C1-C8-cycloalkyl, e.g. 1-hydroxycyclobutyl.

Oksa ali tia-C^-Cg-cikloalkil ima prednostno 2 do 6 obročnih atomov ogljika in je za primer 2-oksaciklopropil (oksiranil), 2- ali 3-oksaciklobutil (oksetanil), 2- aliOxa or thia-C1-C8-cycloalkyl preferably has 2 to 6 ring carbon atoms and is, for example, 2-oxacyclopropyl (oxiranyl), 2- or 3-oxacyclobutyl (oxetanyl), 2- or

3-tiaciklobutil (tietanil), 2- ali 3-oksaciklopentil (tetrahidrof uranil ) , 2- ali 3-tiaciklopentil (tiolanil) ali 2-oksacikloheksil (tetrahidropiranil).3-thacyclobutyl (thietanyl), 2- or 3-oxacyclopentyl (tetrahydrof uranyl), 2- or 3-thacyclopentyl (thiolanil) or 2-oxacyclohexyl (tetrahydropyranyl).

Dioksa-C^-Cg-cikloalkil ima prednostno 3 do 5 obročnih atomov ogljika in nosi tista dva atoma kisika v medsebojni legi 1,3 in predstavlja npr. 1,3-dioksolan-2-il ali 1,3-dioksan-2-il.The dioxa-C 1 -C 8 cycloalkyl preferably has 3 to 5 ring carbon atoms and carries those two oxygen atoms in the intermediate position of 1,3 and represents e.g. 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl or 1,3-dioxan-2-yl.

Ditia-C^-Cg-cikloalkil ima prednostno 3 do 5 obročnih atomov ogljika in nosi tista dva atoma žvepla v medsebojni legi 1,3 in predstavlja npr. 1,3-ditiolan-2-il ali 1,3-ditioksan-2-il. Oksatio-C^-Cg-cikloalkil je za primer 1,3-oksatiolan-2-il ali 1,3-oksatioksan-2-il.Dithia-C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl preferably has 3 to 5 ring carbon atoms and bears those two sulfur atoms in an intermediate position of 1,3 and represents e.g. 1,3-dithiolan-2-yl or 1,3-dithioxan-2-yl. Oxathio-C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl is, for example, 1,3-oxathiolan-2-yl or 1,3-oxathioxan-2-yl.

C^-Cg-cikloalkil-ihidroksiJnižji alkil ima prednost no 3 do 6 obročnih in 1 do 4 verižne atome ogljika in je za primer ciklo-C^-Cg-alkil-C-C^-alkil, npr. 1-ciklopropil-1hidroksimetil ali 1-hidroksi-1-ciklobutilmetil. Nižji alkiltio cikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižji alkil je za primer 1-hidroksi-1j(2metiltiociklopropil).C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-hydroxy-lower alkyl preferably has 3 to 6 ring and 1 to 4 chain carbon atoms and is, for example, cyclo-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, e.g. 1-cyclopropyl-1-hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxy-1-cyclobutylmethyl. Lower alkylthio cycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl is, for example, 1-hydroxy-1 H (2methylthiocyclopropyl).

Halogen je kot substituent aromatskih in/ali 1 2 3 aralifatskih radikalov R , R ali R prednostno kloro, lahko pa je tudi fluoro, bromo ali jodo.Halogen is a substituent of aromatic and / or 1 2 3 araliphatic radicals R, R or R preferably chloro, but may also be fluoro, bromo or iodo.

Fenilna ali naftilna skupina ima lahko enega ali več kot enega, prednostno enega ali dva enaka ali različna substituenta, kot so definirani više. Fenil- ali naftil-nižji :10- -: .- --: _ alkil alkil je npr. benzil, naft-2-ilmetil, 1- ali 2-feniletil ali 2- ali 3-fenilpropil, pri čemer je v danem primeru vsak substituiran,kot je opisano više.The phenyl or naphthyl group may have one or more than one, preferably one or two, same or different substituents as defined above. Phenyl- or naphthyl-lower: 10- -: .- -: _ alkyl alkyl is e.g. benzyl, naphth-2-ylmethyl, 1- or 2-phenylethyl or 2- or 3-phenylpropyl, each optionally substituted as described above.

Soli spojin s formulo I so zlasti njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, kot ustrezne adicijske soli s kislinami, kot tudi soli z bazami. Primerne kisline za tvorbo kislinskih adicijskih soli so npr. mineralne kisline, kot klorovodikova, bromovodikova, žveplova ali fosforjeva kislina, ali organske kisline, kot organske sulfonske kisline, npr. benzensulfonska,The salts of the compounds of formula I are, in particular, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as the corresponding addition salts with acids, as well as the salts with bases. Suitable acids for the formation of acid addition salts are e.g. mineral acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric or phosphoric acid, or organic acids such as organic sulfonic acids, e.g. benzenesulfonic,

4-toluensulfonska ali metansulfonska kislina, in organske karboksilne kisline, kot ocetna, mlečna, palmitinska, stearinska, jabolčna, maleinska, fumarna, vinska, askorbinska ali citronska kislina. Soli z bazami so npr. soli alkalijskih kovin ali zemeljskoalkalijskih kovin, kot natrijeve, kalijeve, kalcijeve ali magnezijeve soli, ali amonijeve soli, kot soli z amoniakom ali primernimi organskimi amini, npr. dietilaminom, di-(2-hidroksietil)-aminom ali tri-(2-hidroksietil)-aminom.4-toluenesulfonic or methanesulfonic acid, and organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, lactic, palmitic, stearic, malic, maleic, fumaric, tartaric, ascorbic or citric acid. The salts with bases are e.g. alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, potassium, calcium or magnesium salts, or ammonium salts, such as salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, e.g. diethylamine, di- (2-hydroxyethyl) -amine, or tri- (2-hydroxyethyl) -amine.

Spojine s formulo I lahko tvorijo tudi notranje soli.Compounds of formula I may also form internal salts.

V odvisnosti od prisotnosti asimetričnih ogljikovih atomov so lahko spojine v smislu tega izuma v obliki zmesi izomerov, zlasti racematov, ali v obliki čistih izomerov, zlasti optičnih antipodov.Depending on the presence of asymmetric carbon atoms, the compounds of this invention may be in the form of a mixture of isomers, in particular racemates, or in the form of pure isomers, in particular optical antipodes.

Spojine s formulo I in njihove soli so uporabne kot učinkovine v farmacevtski industriji.The compounds of formula I and their salts are useful as active ingredients in the pharmaceutical industry.

Tehnični problemA technical problem

Obstaja stalna potreba, da bi pripravili nove spojine z antagonističnim učinkom na receptorje GABAg, ki bi delovale kot nootropska, antidepresivna in anksiolitična sredstva in bi po svojih farmakoloških lastnostih prekašale spojine s podobnim učinkom^ znane iz stanja tehnike.There is an ongoing need to prepare novel compounds having an antagonistic effect on GABAg receptors, which would act as nootropic, antidepressant, and anxiolytic agents and would surpass compounds of similar effect, known in the art, by their pharmacological properties.

Stanje tehnikeThe state of the art

Spojine s formulo I, v kateri R pomeniCompounds of formula I wherein R is

22

C,.-alkoksi )-C.-Cr--alkilno skupino, pomeni eden od R , R m 0 I 7A C 1 -alkoxy) -C 1 -C 6 - alkyl group, denotes one of R, R m 0 I 7

R3 vodik, C-j-Cg-alkil, Cg-Cg-cikloalkil, fenil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran s halogenom, C-C^-alkilom,R 3 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 8 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by halogen, C 1-6 alkyl,

-C^-alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, ali C^-C^-fenilalkil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom,-C 1 -alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, or C 1 -C 4 -phenylalkyl optionally substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen,

C1 -Cjj-alkilom, -C^-alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, in sta druga dva vodik, so znane kot intermediati za pripravo ustreznih spojin, v katerih R pomeni vodik, in njihovih soli. Znane so tudi soli tistih spojin s formulo I, v kateri „ 1 3C 1 -C 1 -alkyl, -C 1 -alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, and the other two are hydrogen, are known as intermediates for the preparation of the corresponding compounds wherein R is hydrogen and their salts. Also known are salts of those compounds of formula I in which '1 3

R pomeni ogljikovodični radikal, R in R pomenita vodik in 2R is a hydrocarbon radical, R and R are hydrogen and 2

R pomeni vodik ali alkil, in predlagane so bile kot zaščitna sredstva proti ognju in površinsko aktivna sredstva.R is hydrogen or alkyl, and have been proposed as flame retardants and surfactants.

0pi3 rešitve tehničnega problema z izvedbenimi primeri0pi3 solutions to a technical problem with implementation examples

Vendar pa spojine s formulo I, v kateri R pomeniHowever, compounds of formula I wherein R is

1,1-di(C-C^-alkoksi)-C-C^-alkil, predstavlja eden od R^ in1,1-di (C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy) -C 1 -C 6 -alkyl represents one of R 4 and

3 12 R hidroksi in sta R in drugi od R in R vodik, specifične spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R dietoksimetil, je eden odR 12 is hydroxy and R and the other of R and R are hydrogen, specific compounds of formula I in which R is diethoxymethyl, one of

2 32 3

R in R p-klorofenil ali metil in sta drugi in R vodik, in spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R skupina s formulo CHCOR’^, v kateri R’ predstavlja C^-C^-alkil, kot etil, propil,R and R are p-chlorophenyl or methyl and the other and R are hydrogen, and compounds of formula I in which R is a group of formula CHCOR '', in which R 'represents C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as ethyl, propyl,

2 3 izopropil ali n-butil, in so R , R in R vodik, in njihove soli doslej v stroki niso bile opisanein jih zato smatramo za nove.2 3 isopropyl or n-butyl, and R, R and R are hydrogen, and their salts have not been described in the art so far and are therefore considered new.

Izum se zato nanaša tudi na tiste splošno in specifično nove spojine, ki so na splošno znane kot intermediati in na njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli za uporabo v zdravljenju človeškega ali živalskega telesa,in na farmacevtski pripravek, ki jih vsebuje, kot tudi na spojine s formulo I, ‘ ' Τ2 - 1 2 v kateri je R dietoksimetil, eden od R in R je p-klorofenil ali metil in sta drugi in R vodik, ali v kateri je R skupina s formulo -CHiOR’^, v kateri R’ predstavlja C1-C^-alkil,The invention therefore also relates to those generally and specifically novel compounds which are generally known as intermediates and to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts for use in the treatment of the human or animal body, and to the pharmaceutical preparation containing them, as well as to compounds of the formula I, '' Τ2 - 1 2 in which R is diethoxymethyl, one of R and R is p-chlorophenyl or methyl and the other and R are hydrogen, or in which R is a group of the formula -CH 1 OR '^ in which R' represents C 1 -C 4 -alkyl,

2 kot etil, propil, izopropil ali n-butil, in pomenijo R , R in R vodik, in na njihove soli.2 as ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or n-butyl, and R, R and R are hydrogen, and salts thereof.

Sedaj smo ugotovili, da imajo spojine s formulo I in njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli dragocene farmakološ ke lastnosti. Kažejo učinkovito vezavo na receptor GABAg in ugotovljeno je, da delujejo kot antagonisti na tem receptorju. Mehanistično lahko antagonizem na receptorjih GABAg poveča sproščanje hitro delujočih ekscitatornih aminokislinskih transmitorjev, t.j. glutamata in aspartata, s čimer se izboljša obdelava informacij v možganih. Skladna s tem je ugotovitev, da zapozneli inhibitorni postsinaptični potencial pri morskem konjičku, ki ga pripisujejo mehanizmu GABAg, skrajšajo antagonisti, in s tem omogočijo hitrejše zaporedje prenašanja živčnega impulza.We have now found that the compounds of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have valuable pharmacological properties. They show effective binding to the GABAg receptor and have been found to act as antagonists at this receptor. Mechanistically, antagonism at GABAg receptors can increase the release of fast-acting excitatory amino acid transmitters, i.e. glutamate and aspartate, thereby improving information processing in the brain. Consistent with this is the finding that the delayed inhibitory postsynaptic potential in the guinea pig, which is attributed to the GABAg mechanism, is shortened by antagonists, thereby allowing a faster nerve impulse transmission sequence.

Po drugi plati so ugotovili, da dolgotrajno zravljenje z antidepresivi in ponavljajočimi se elektrošoki poveča število receptorjev GABAn v možganski skorji podgane.On the other hand, prolonged treatment with antidepressants and repetitive shocks has been shown to increase the number of GABA n receptors in the rat cerebral cortex.

DD

V skladu z receptorskimi teorijami naj bi dolgotrajno zdravljenje z antagonisti GABAn imelo za posledico isti učinek.In accordance with receptor theories to long-term treatment with antagonists of GABA n resulting in the same effect.

DD

Iz teh in drugih razlogov lahko torej učinkujejo antagonisti GABAg kot antidepresivi.For these and other reasons, GABAg antagonists may therefore act as antidepressants.

Anatagonisti GABAg v smislu pričujočega izuma vzajemno delujejo na receptorju GABAg 'z vrednostmi ΙΟ^θ, — 7 začenši od okoli 10 M (molov/liter) v membranah možganske skorje podgane. V nasprotju z agonisti GABAg, kot je baklofen, ne krepijo stimulacije adenilat ciklaze v režnjih možganske skorje podgane z noradrenalinom, temveč antagonizirajoThe GABAg anatagonists of the present invention interact at the GABAg 'receptor with values of ΙΟ ^ θ, - 7 starting from about 10 M (moles / liter) in the rat brain cortex membranes. Unlike GABAg agonists, such as baclofen, they do not potentiate adenylate cyclase stimulation in the rat brain cortex with noradrenaline, but antagonize

-13 učinke baklofena. Antagonizem proti baklofenu je bil prikazan tudi v elektrofizioloških modelih in vitro, kot je preparat s penicilinom induciranega epileptičnega režnja morskega konjička, pri katerem inhibira baklofen pri koncentraciji 6/UM električno aktivnost, podobno epilepsiji, v piramidnih celicah. Spojine v smislu izuma antagonizirajo učinke baklofena pri koncentracijah od približno 10 do približno 100^uM. In vivo je bil antagonizem prikazan z ionoforezo baklofena v možganski skorji podgan in sistemsko aplikacijo antagonistov v dozah od 10 do 100 mg/kg. Pri dozah okoli 30 mg/kg i.p. so antagonizirani tudi mišično relaksantni učinki baklofena, izmerjeni v modelu rotarod.-13 effects of baclofen. Baclofen antagonism has also been shown in electrophysiological models in vitro, such as the preparation with penicillin-induced epileptic lobe of the seahorse, in which it inhibits baclofen at a concentration of 6 / UM epilepsy-like electrical activity in pyramidal cells. The compounds of the invention antagonize the effects of baclofen at concentrations of from about 10 to about 100 µM. In vivo, antagonism was demonstrated by baclofen iontophoresis in the rat cerebral cortex and systemic administration of antagonists at doses of 10 to 100 mg / kg. At doses of about 30 mg / kg i.p. the muscle relaxant effects of baclofen measured in the rotarod model are also antagonized.

Antagonisti ne kažejo samo antagonističnih učinkov proti baklofenu, temveč imajo, kot je teoretsko pričakovano (glej zgoraj), tudi svoje lastne učinke kot antagonisti endogene GABA·. Tako so antagonisti aktivni v vedenjskih modelih, za katere je v stroki znano, da kažejo na antidepresivne, anksiolitične in/ali nootropske lastnosti. Ugotovili smo, da so spojine s formulo I po peroralnem dajanju aktivne v testu plavanja v skladu s Porsoltom, v Gellerjevem testu, v enojnem poskusu, testu pasivnega umika (modifikacija za enojni poskus) v razmerah pred poskusom in po njem, v testu dveh razdelkov in v kompleksnem labirintu. Poleg tega smo opazili pri preučevanju na opicah Rhesus povečanje igrivosti, raziskovanja, gojenja družabnosti in zmanjšanje znakov tesnobe. V skladu s tem lahko uporabimo spojine s formulo I kot nootropska, antidepresivna in anksiolitična sredstva. Seveda jih lahko uporabimo tudi kot antipode proti baklofenu.Not only do antagonists show antagonistic effects against baclofen, but, as expected (see above), they also have their own effects as antagonists of endogenous GABA ·. Thus, antagonists are active in behavioral models that are known in the art to exhibit antidepressant, anxiolytic and / or nootropic properties. The compounds of formula I were found to be active after oral administration in the Porsolt test, in the Geller test, in the single experiment, in the passive withdrawal test (modification for the single experiment) in the pre- and post-test conditions, in the two compartment test and in a complex maze. In addition, we have seen an increase in playfulness, exploration, cultivation of sociability and a reduction of anxiety in studying on Rhesus monkeys. Accordingly, compounds of formula I can be used as nootropic, antidepressant and anxiolytic agents. Of course, they can also be used as antipodes against baclofen.

Izum se nanaša zlasti na spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in pomeni alkil, alkenil, alkinil, alkil ali alkenil, ki je mono-, di- ali polisubstituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in ki je substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, cikloalkil, cikloalkil, substituiran s hidroksi, pri čemer je cikloalkil prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, substituiran v cikloalkilnem delu s hidroksi ali nižjim alkiltio in/ali v alkilenskem delu s hidroksi, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je v cikloalkilnem delu prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, fenil-nižji alkil, naftil-nižji alkil ali fenilali naftil-nižji alkil, obročno substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, ali naftil-nižji alkil, in/ali verižno substituiran s hidroksi, 12 3 m v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil ali naftil, fenil ali naftil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, je drugi odThe invention relates in particular to compounds of formula I in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl or alkenyl which is mono-, di- or polysubstituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, alkyl, is interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and which is substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl substituted by hydroxy, wherein cycloalkyl is interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl substituted in the cycloalkyl moiety by hydroxy or lower alkylthio and / or alkylene working with hydroxy, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, interrupted in the cycloalkyl portion by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, phenyl-lower alkyl, naphthyl-lower alkyl or phenyls aftyl-lower alkyl ring-substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, or naphthyl-lower alkyl, and / or chain substituted with hydroxy, 12 3 m in which one of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, phenyl or naphthyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl portion with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / but trifluoromethyl, is the second of

3 123 12

R , R in R vodik ali je v primeru R in R hidroksi in jeR, R and R are hydrogen or in the case of R and R are hydroxy and is

1 2 3 preostali od R , R in R vodik, in na njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki·1 2 3 Hydrogen residues of R, R and R, and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the foregoing reservations ·

Izum se nanaša za primer na spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in cikloalkil, cikloalkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, cikloalkil ali cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je v cikloalkilnem delu prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in v 12 3 žveplom; in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil nižji alkil ali fenil nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 in/ali trifluorometilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi 1 2 3 m sta preostala dva od R , R in R vodik, in na njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki·The invention relates to compounds of formula I in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur , and cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and in 12 3 sulfur; and in which one of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl lower alkyl or phenyl lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 and / or trifluoromethyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy 1 2 3 m the remaining two of R, R and R are hydrogen, and to their salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the above reservations ·

Izum se nanaša predvsem na spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, cikloalkilna, hidroksicikloalkilna cikloalkil-nižja alkilna, cikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižja alkilna ali nižja alkiltiocikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižja alkilna skupina s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil, hidroksi-nižji alkenil, mono-, di ali polihalogeno-nižjiThe invention relates in particular to compounds of formula I in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl or lower alkylthiocycloalkyl- ( hydroxy) lower alkyl group having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkenyl, mono-, di or polyhalogen-lower

- 16 alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil, mono-, diali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji akenil, nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfinil-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfonil-nižji alkil, di- nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi)nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji alkil, fenil-nižji alkil, fenil-nižji alkil, ki je v fenilnem delu mono- ali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trofluorometilom, naftil-nižji alkil, oksa- ali tiacikloalkil z 2 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika ali dioksa-, oksa tia- ali ditiacikloalkil s 3 do 5 obročnimi atomi ogljika, 12 3 in v kateri, predstavlja eden od R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, fenil, fenil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluoro12 3 1 metilom, je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je v primeru R- 16 alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen-lower alkenyl, mono-, dially polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower acenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio- lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfinyl-lower alkyl, lower alkansulfonyl-lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower alkyl, phenyl lower alkyl, phenyl lower alkyl which is mono- or disubstituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trofluoromethyl in the phenyl moiety, naphthyl-lower alkyl, oxa- or thiocycloalkyl having 2 to 6 ring carbon atoms or dioxa- , oxa thia- or dithacycloalkyl having 3 to 5 ring carbon atoms, 12 3 and in which one of R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, phenyl, phenyl being mono- or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or and phenyl-lower alkyl, which is mono- or disubstituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoro12 3 1 methyl, is other than R, R and R is hydrogen or in the case of R

12 3 in R hidroksi; in je preostali od R , R in R vodik, in na njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.12 3 and R hydroxy; and the residue of R, R and R is hydrogen, and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the foregoing reservations.

Ena izvedba izuma sestoji iz podskupine A spojin s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, cikloalkilna, hidroksicikloalkilna, cikloalkil-nižja alkilna, cikloalkil(hidroksi)nižja alkilna ali nižja alkiltiocikloalkil-(hidroksi) nižja alkilna skupina s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, hidroksi-nižji alkil, hidroksi-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji alkenil, fenilnižji alkil, fenil-nižji alkil, ki je v fenilnem delu monoali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, ali naftil-nižji alkil, in 12 3 v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in RJ vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 12 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, je drugi od R , R in R vodik aliOne embodiment of the invention consists of subgroup A of compounds of formula I in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl (hydroxy) lower alkyl or lower alkylthiocycloalkyl - (hydroxy) lower alkyl group of 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, hydroxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower alkenyl, phenyl lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, which in the phenyl moiety is substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, or naphthyl-lower alkyl, and 12 3 in which one of the groups R, R and R J represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl lower alkyl or phenyl lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 12 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, the other of R, R and R is hydrogen or

12 je v primeru R in R hidroksi; in je preostali od R , R in R vodik, in njihovih soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljivih soli.12 is R and R is hydroxy; and the residue of R, R and R is hydrogen, and salts thereof, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Spojine podskupine A so za primer tiste, v katerih ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkenil ali „ 1 2 nižji alkinil, in v katerih predstavlja ena od skupin R , R □The compounds of subgroup A are, for example, those in which R 2 has more or less carbon atoms and is lower alkenyl or '1 2 lower alkynyl and in which one of the groups R, R □

in RJ vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 in/ali trifluorometilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi inand R 1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl portion with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 and / or trifluoromethyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy and

2 3 sta preostala dva od R , R in R vodik, in njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.2 3 are the remaining two of R, R and R hydrogen, and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Druga izvedba izuma obstoji iz podskupine B spojin s formulo I, v kateri predstavlja R nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfinil-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfonil-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi) nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji, oksa- ali tiaciklo alkil z 2 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika ali dioksa- ali ditiacikloalkil s 3 do 5 obročnimi atomi ogljika, in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in RJ vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali o 12 je, v primeru R in R, hidroksi; in je preostali od R , R in RJ vodik, pod pogojem, da je, če je eden od R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometi lom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 12 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, in sta druga dva od R , R in R vodik, R različen od 1,1-di(C^-C^-alkoksi)-C^-Cg-alkila, in njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.Another embodiment of the invention consists of subgroup B of compounds of formula I wherein R is lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfinyl-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfonyl-lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di- lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower, oxa- or thiacycloalkyl with 2 to 6 ring carbon atoms or dioxa- or dithacycloalkyl with 3 to 5 ring carbon atoms, and v which represents one of the groups R, R and R J is hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, the other of R, R and R is hydrogen or o 12 is, in the case of R and R, hydroxy; and the rest of R, R and R J is hydrogen, provided that if one of R and R is hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl fracture , phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 12 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, and the other two of R, R and R are hydrogen, R other than 1,1-di (C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy) -C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the foregoing reservations.

Spojine podskupine B so npr. tiste, v katerih R predstavlja nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, oksacikloalkil tiacikloalkil, dioksacikloalkil in ditiacikloalkil, in vThe compounds of subgroup B are e.g. those in which R represents lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, oxacycloalkyl thiocycloalkyl, dioxycycloalkyl and dithacycloalkyl and in

3 . v ..3. v ..

katerih predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 in/ali trifluorometilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi; 12 3 in sta preostala dva od R , R in R vodik,; in njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.of which one of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 and / or trifluoromethyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy; 12 3 and the remaining two of R, R and R are hydrogen ,; and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the foregoing reservations.

Prednostne so spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 12 3 više definirani pomen in v kateri ena do skupin R , R in R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in sta preostala dva od R1,Preferred are compounds of formula I in which R 12 3 has a more defined meaning and in which one of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen or lower alkyl, and the remaining two of R 1 ,

33

R in R vodik, in njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.R and R are hydrogen, and salts thereof, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Nadalje so prednostne spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R nižji alkil z 2 ali več atomi ogljika, nižji „ 2 alkenil ali nižji alkinil, R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim 1 3 alkilom, in sta R m R vodik, m njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.Further preferred are compounds of formula I wherein R is lower alkyl of 2 or more carbon atoms, lower '2 alkenyl or lower alkynyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted with halogen or lower 1-3 alkyl, and R m R is hydrogen, m are pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Enako prednostna je podskupina B’ spojin s formulo I, v kateri je R nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil ali mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil, R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in sta R in RJ vodik, z više navedenimi pridržki, in njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.Equally preferred is a subgroup B 'of compounds of formula I wherein R is lower alkoxy-lower alkyl or mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen or lower alkyl, and R is and R J is hydrogen with higher mentioned provisos, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Izum se nanaša zlasti na spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R C2“C12“alkil’ kot etil, butil, izobutil, pentil ali izopentil, C2-C?-alkenil, kot but-3-enil, C2-C?-alkinil, kot pent-3-inil, mono- ali dihidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot 2-(2hidroksi)propil, 2-(1,2-dihidroksi)propil, 2-(2-hidroksi)butil ali 1-hidroksibutil, mono-, di-ali trihalogeno-oc-hidroksi-C^C^-alkil, kot 1-hidroksi-4,4,4-trifluorobutil, 04-nasičeni mono-, di- ali trihalogeno- o<-hidroksi-C2“Cy-alkenil, kotThe invention relates in particular to compounds of formula I in which R is C 2 ' C 12' alkyl 'such as ethyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl or isopentyl, C 2 -C? -Alkenyl, such as but-3-enyl, C 2 -C1-alkynyl, such as pent-3-ynyl, mono- or dihydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl, such as 2- (2-hydroxy) propyl, 2- (1,2-dihydroxy) propyl, 2- (2- hydroxy butyl or 1-hydroxybutyl, mono-, di- or trihalogen-OC-hydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl, such as 1-hydroxy-4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 04-saturated mono-, di- or trihalogen - o <-hydroxy-C2 “Cy-alkenyl, as

1-hidroksi-2-fluoro-but-2-enil, C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot 2-etoksietil, di-C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot dietoksimetil, «-hidroksi-C^-C^-cikloalkil, kot 1-hidroksiciklobutil,1-hydroxy-2-fluoro-but-2-enyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as 2-ethoxyethyl, di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl such as diethoxymethyl, -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -cycloalkyl, such as 1-hydroxycyclobutyl,

Cg-Cg-cikloalkil-C·!-C^-alkil, kot ciklopropilmetil, C^-C^cikloalkil-λ-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot 1-ciklobutil-1-hidroksi metil, ali 1-C^-C^-alkiltiocikloalkil-Ok-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot (1-metiltiociklopropil)-(1-hidroksi)metil, R predstavlja vodik, hidroksi, C^-C^-alkil, kot metil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom, kot kloro, ali C1-C^-alkilom, kotC1-C8-cycloalkyl-C1-C4-alkyl, such as cyclopropylmethyl, C1-C4-cycloalkyl-λ-hydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl, such as 1-cyclobutyl-1-hydroxy methyl, or 1- C 1 -C 4 -alkylthiocycloalkyl-OC-hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl such as (1-methylthiocyclopropyl) - (1-hydroxy) methyl, R represents hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as methyl , phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen, such as chloro, or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as

12 metilom, in sta R in R vodik ali pomeni eden od R in R hidroksi in predstavlja drugi kot tudi R vodik, in na njihove soli, zlasti- farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.12 is methyl, and R and R are hydrogen or represents one of R and R is hydroxy and represents the other as well as R is hydrogen, and to their salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the foregoing reservations.

Še bolj prednostni sta podskupini A’ in/ali B’ spojin s formulo I, v kateri je R bodisi C2-Cy-alkil, C^-C?alkenil ali C^-C^-alkinil ali pomeni -C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil ali di-C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil ali pomeni c<-, β-, f- ali <£-hidroksi-C2-Cy-alkil ali oi ,β -dihidroksi-C2“C^-alkil, predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran 13 s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in sta R in RJ vodik, z više navedenimi pridržki, in njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.Even more preferred are the subgroups of A 'and / or B' compounds of formula I in which R is either C 2 -C 1 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkenyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkynyl or represents -C 1 -alkoxy -C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or represents c 1 -, β-, f- or <RTI ID = 0.0> -hydroxy-C2-Cy-alkyl, or oi , β-dihydroxy-C 2 'C 1-6 alkyl, represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen or lower alkyl, and R and R J are hydrogen, with the foregoing reservations, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, with the above reservations.

Posebno prednostne so spojine s formulo I, v kateri R pomeni C2“C^-alkil, kot etil, butil, izobutil, pentil ali izopentil, ©(-nasičeni Cg-C^-alkenil, kot but-3-enil, o(-nasičeni Cg-C^-alkinil, kot pent-3-inil, ot-, aliParticularly preferred are compounds of formula I in which R is C 2 -C 4 -alkyl, such as ethyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl or isopentyl, S (-saturated C 8 -C 4 -alkenyl, such as but-3-enyl, o ( -saturated C8-C4-alkynyl, such as pent-3-ynyl, ot-, or

C)-hidroksi-C2-C?-alkil, kot 2-(2-hidroksi)propil ali 1-hidroksibutil, oi.jB-dihidroksi-^-Cjj-alkil, kot 2-( 1,2-dihidroksi)propil, mono-, di- ali trifluoro-OC-hidroksi-Cg-C?-alkil, kot 1-hidroksi4,4,4-trifluorobutil, ©(-nasičeni mono-, di- ali trihalogenoo(-hidroksi-Cg-Cy-alkenil, kot 1-hidroksi-2-fluoro-but-2-enil,C 1 -hydroxy-C 2 -C 6 -alkyl, such as 2- (2-hydroxy) propyl or 1-hydroxybutyl, N-B-dihydroxy-N-C 1-6 alkyl, such as 2- (1,2-dihydroxy) propyl, mono-, di- or trifluoro-OC-hydroxy-Cg-C? -alkyl, such as 1-hydroxy4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, © (-saturated mono-, di- or trihalogenoo (-hydroxy-Cg-Cy-alkenyl) , such as 1-hydroxy-2-fluoro-but-2-enyl,

C1 -C^-alkoksi-C.j-Cjj-alkil, kot 2-etoksietil, di-C1-C^-alkoksiC-j-C^-alkil, Cg-Cg-cikloalkil-C^-C^-alkil? kot ciklopropilmetll, ck-hidroksi-Cg-Cg-cikloalkil, kot 1-hidroksiciklobutil, aliC 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, such as 2-ethoxyethyl, di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxyC-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl ? such as cyclopropylmethyl, ck-hydroxy-Cg-Cg-cycloalkyl, such as 1-hydroxycyclobutyl, or

Cg-Cg-cikloalkil-OC-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, kot 1-ciklopropil-11 2 R hidroksimetil, in predstavljajo R , R in R vodik, in njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.C8-C8-cycloalkyl-OC-hydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl, such as 1-cyclopropyl-11 2 R hydroxymethyl, and R, R and R are hydrogen, and salts thereof, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Zelo posebno prednotni sta podskupini A in/ali B spojin s formulo I, v kateri je R C2-C^-alkil, C2~C^-alkenii ali C2-C^-alkinil, ali -C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil ali di-C^-C^12 R alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil in so R , R in R vodik, in njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli, z više navedenimi pridržki.Very special prednotni both subgroup A and / or B of compounds of formula I in which Rc is 2-C ^ alkyl, C2 ~ C ^ -alkenii or C 2-C ^ -alkynyl, or C ^ -alkoxy-C ^ -C 1 -alkyl or di-C 1 -C 4 -C 12 alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and R, R and R are hydrogen, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the foregoing reservations.

Najbolj prednostne so v podskupini (podskupinah) A in/ali B spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R Cg-C^-alkilMost preferred in the subgroup (s) are A and / or B compounds of formula I in which R is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl

2 3 in so R , R in R vodik, in njihove farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.And R, R and R are hydrogen, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Izum se posebej nanaša na spojine s formulo I, opisane tukaj v primerih, in na njihove soli, zlasti farmacevtsko sprejemljive soli.The invention specifically relates to the compounds of formula I described herein and examples of their salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Čeprav so soli spojin s formulo I vključene v gornje definicije prednostnih spojin, se izum pretežno nanaša na proste spojine s formulo I.Although salts of the compounds of formula I are included in the above definitions of preferred compounds, the invention mainly relates to the free compounds of formula I.

Postopek za pripravo spojin s formulo I je označen s tem, da v spojini s formulo IIA process for the preparation of compounds of formula I is characterized in that in a compound of formula II

(II) ,(II),

2 3 v kateri imajo R, R , R in R svoje predhodne pomene, Z predstavlja -NH2 in R pomeni zaščitno skupino R za hidroksi v 13 2 ali, ce pomenita R in R vodik in pomeni R vodik ali alkil, pomeni ion alkalijske kovine ali amonijev ion R^, ali v v O 42 3 in which R, R, R and R have their previous meanings, Z represents -NH 2 and R represents a protecting group R for hydroxy in 13 2 or, if R and R are hydrogen and R is hydrogen or alkyl, is an alkali ion metal or ammonium ion R ^, or vv O 4

Z predstavlja zaščiteno ali latentno amino skupino Z in R pomeni vodik ali zaščitno skupino R za hidroksi, katerokoli 5 6 skupino R ali R nadomestimo z vodikom in/ali katerokoli skupino Z° pretvorimo v -NH2;Z represents a protected or latent amino group Z and R represents hydrogen or a protecting group R for hydroxy, any 5 6 group R or R being replaced by hydrogen and / or any group Z ° converted to -NH 2 ;

in po želji nastalo sol, dobljeno v tem postopku, lahko pretvorimo v prosto spojino ali v drugo sol in/ali po želji nastalo prosto spojino pretvorimo v sol, ki ustreza gornji definiciji, in/ali po želji nastalo zmes izomerov ločimo v posamezne izomere .and optionally the resulting salt obtained by this process can be converted to the free compound or to another salt and / or optionally the resulting free compound converted to a salt corresponding to the above definition, and / or optionally the resulting mixture of isomers is separated into individual isomers.

- 23 Zaščitene hidroksi skupine, kot skupine -OR^, ki so prisotne v zaščiteni obliki v izhodnih materialih s formulo II, so npr. zaetrene hidroksi skupine, kot hidroksi skupine,zaetrene z alifatskim, cikloalifatskim ali aralifatskim alkoholom, npr. z nižjim alkanolom, cikloalkanolom ali fenil- ali difenil-nižjim alkanolom, ali hidroksi skupine, zaetrene z alifatskim silanolom, npr. s tri-nižji alkil 5 silanolom. Kot skupine R 0- so posebno prednostni nižji alkoksi, npr. C1-C^-alkoksi, mono- ali difenil-nižji alkoksi, npr. 1-fenil- ali 1,1-difenil-C^-C^-alkoksi, in tri-nižji alkilsililoksi, npr. tri-C-C^-alkil-, kot trimetilsililoksi.- 23 Protected hydroxy groups, such as -OR2 groups, present in protected form in the starting materials of Formula II, e.g. ethereal hydroxy groups, such as hydroxy groups etched with aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic alcohol, e.g. with lower alkanol, cycloalkanol or phenyl or diphenyl-lower alkanol, or hydroxy groups etched with aliphatic silanol, e.g. with tri-lower alkyl 5 silanol. The lower alkoxy, e.g. C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, mono- or diphenyl-lower alkoxy, e.g. 1-phenyl- or 1,1-diphenyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, and tri-lower alkylsilyloxy, e.g. tri-C 1-4 -alkyl-, such as trimethylsilyloxy.

Zaščitene amino skupine Z° v izhodnih materialih s formulo II so npr. acilamino skupine, kot nižji alkanoilamino npr. acetilamino, ali ftalimido, nižji alkoksikarbonilamino, ki je nesubstituiran ali substituiran s fenilom, npr. benziloksikarbonilamino ali terc.butoksikarbonilamino skupine, ali 1-aril-metilamino skupine, npr. benzilamino ali 1-fenil-nižji alkilamino, sililirane amino skupine, kot tri-nižji alkilsililamino ali zlasti bis-(tri-nižji alkilsilil)amino, npr. bis trimetilsililamino. Latentna amino skupina Z° je lahko npr. nitro ali azido.The protected amino groups of Z ° in the starting materials of formula II are e.g. acylamino groups such as lower alkanoylamino e.g. acetylamino, or phthalimido, a lower alkoxycarbonylamino, which is unsubstituted or substituted by phenyl, e.g. benzyloxycarbonylamino or tert.butoxycarbonylamino groups, or 1-aryl-methylamino groups, e.g. benzylamino or 1-phenyl-lower alkylamino, silylated amino groups, such as tri-lower alkylsilylamino or in particular bis- (tri-lower alkylsilyl) amino, e.g. bis trimethylsilylamino. The latent amino group Z ° may be e.g. nitro or azido.

Prednostne spojine s formulo II so tiste s formuloPreferred compounds of formula II are those of formula

IlaIla

(Ila), v kateri R predstavlja zaščitno skupino za hidroksi, npr. -C^-alikil ali C1-C^-alkil, substituiran z nižjim alkanoiloksi ali z eno ali dvema, v danem primeru substituiranima fenilnima skupinama, kot 1-C2-C^-alkanoiloksi-Cl-Cl^-alkil, npr. pivaloiloksimetil, ali 1-fenil- ali 1,1-difenil-C^-C^alkil, npr. benzil, ali s formulo Ilb(Ila) in which R represents a protecting group for hydroxy, e.g. -C 1 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl substituted with lower alkanoyloxy or with one or two, optionally substituted phenyl groups, such as 1-C 2 -C 4 -alkanoyloxy-C 1 -C 1 -alkyl , e.g. pivaloyloxymethyl, or 1-phenyl- or 1,1-diphenyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, e.g. benzyl, but of formula Ilb

(Ilb), v kateri R predstavlja zaščitno skupino C^-C^-alkil, C^-C^-alkil, substituiran z za hidroksi, npr. eno ali dvema, v danem primeru substituiranima fenilnima skupinama, kot 1-fenil- ali 1 ,1-difenil-C^C^-alkil, npr. benzil, ali sililno skupino, kot tri-CpC^-alkilsilil, npr. trimetilsilil, in ima Z° svoj predhodni pomen in pomeni npr. -Cy-alkanoilamino, npr. acetilamido, ftalimido ali bis-sililamino, kot bis( tri-C.j-C^-alkilsiliUamino, npr. bis( trimetilsilil )amino, ali s formulo Ilc(Ilb) in which R represents a C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl substituted group for hydroxy, e.g. one or two optionally substituted phenyl groups, such as 1-phenyl- or 1,1-diphenyl-C1-C4-alkyl, e.g. benzyl, or a silyl group such as tri-C 1 -C 4 -alkylsilyl, e.g. trimethylsilyl, and Z ° has a previous meaning and means e.g. -Cy-alkanoylamino, e.g. acetylamido, phthalimido or bis-silylamino, such as bis (tri-C 1 -C 4 -alkylsilylamino, e.g. bis (trimethylsilyl) amino, or of formula Ilc

v kateri ima Z° svoj predhodni pomen in pomeni npr. C^-Cyalkanoilamino, npr. acetilamino, C1-C^-alkoksikarbonilamino, npr. terc.butiloksikarbonilamino, ali fenil-C^-C^-alkoksikarbonilamino, ali s formulo v kateri pomeni R^ ion alkalijske kovine ali amonijev ion, 12 3 in v kateri imajo v formulah Ha, llb in Ilc R, R , R in R svoj predhodni pomen, ali v formuli Ud R pomeni nesubstituiran alifatski, cikloalifatski ali aralifatski ogljikovodičniin which Z ° has its previous meaning and means e.g. C 1-6 -Cyalkanoylamino, e.g. acetylamino, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxycarbonylamino, e.g. tert-butyloxycarbonylamino, or phenyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxycarbonylamino, or of the formula wherein R is an alkali metal ion or an ammonium ion, 12 3 and in which in formulas Ha, 11b and Ilc R, R, R and R its previous meaning, whether in the formula Ud R stands for unsubstituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic hydrocarbons

3 2 ostanek, R in R predstavljata vodik in R pomeni vodik ali alkil.3 represents a residue, R and R represent hydrogen and R represents hydrogen or alkyl.

Nadomestitev zaščitne skupine R v spojinah s formulo II, Ha ali llb z vodikom lahko izvedemo z obdelavo s primernim nukleofilnim reagentom, kot hidroksidom alkalijske kovine, npr. natrijevim hidroksidom ali litijevim hidroksidom, halidom alkalijske kovine, zlasti bromidom ali jodidom, kot litijevim bromidom ali natrijevim jodidom, tiosečnino, tiofenolatom alkalijske kovine, kot natrijevim tiofenolatom. Reakcijo nadomestitve lahko izvedemo v odsotnosti ali prisotnosti topila in po potrebi med hlajenjem ali segrevanjem, v zaprti posodi in/ali pod atmosfero inertnega plina.The substitution of the protecting group R in the compounds of formula II, Ha or 11b with hydrogen can be carried out by treatment with a suitable nucleophilic reagent such as an alkali metal hydroxide, e.g. sodium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide, an alkali metal halide, in particular bromide or iodide, such as lithium bromide or sodium iodide, thiourea, alkali metal thiophenolate, such as sodium thiophenolate. The substitution reaction can be carried out in the absence or presence of a solvent and, if necessary, during cooling or heating, in a closed container and / or under an inert gas atmosphere.

Če pomeni C^C^-alkil, substituiran v legi 1 z eno ali dvema fenilnima skupinama, npr. če je R benzil, lahko izvedemo nadomestitev take skupine v spojinah s formulami II, Iia ali Ilb z vodikom s hidrogenolizo v prisotnosti kovinskega katalizatorja za hidrogeniranje ali s katerimkoli drugim primernim načinom dela.If C 1 -C 4 -alkyl substituted in position 1 by one or two phenyl groups, e.g. if R is benzyl, substitution of such a group in the compounds of formulas II, Iia or Ilb with hydrogen by hydrogenolysis may be carried out in the presence of a metal hydrogenation catalyst or by any other suitable mode of operation.

Alternativno lahko izvedemo nadomestitev zaščitne skupine, npr.Alternatively, a protecting group substitution may be performed, e.g.

sililne ali alkilne skupine R v spojinah s formulami II,silyl or alkyl groups R in compounds of formulas II,

Iia ali Ilb ali iona alkalijske kovine ali amonijevega iona r6 v spojinah s formulama II ali Ud z vodikom z obdelavo s kislino pod hidrolitskimi pogoji, zlasti z mineralno kislino, kot halogenovodikovo kislino, npr. klorovodikovo kislino, ki jo uporabljamo v razredčeni ali koncentrirani vodni obliki, ali z obdelavo z organskim silil halidom, kot trimetilsilil jodidom ali bromidom, čemur sledi po potrebi hidroliza.Iia or Ilb or an alkali metal or ammonium r6 ion in compounds of formulas II or Ud with hydrogen by treatment with an acid under hydrolytic conditions, in particular a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, e.g. hydrochloric acid for use in dilute or concentrated aqueous form, or by treatment with an organic silyl halide such as trimethylsilyl iodide or bromide, followed by hydrolysis if necessary.

Reakcijo izvedemo prednostno pri zvišani temperaturi, npr.The reaction is preferably carried out at elevated temperature, e.g.

med refluktiranjem reakcijske zmesi, in po potrebi ob uporabi organskega razredčila, v zaprti posodi in/ali pod atmosfero 5 inertnega plina. Način nadomestitve zaščitne skupine R je odvisen npr. od substituenta R, prisotnega v spojini s s formulo II, ki ga je treba ohraniti pri pretvarjanju spojine s formulo II v spojino s formulo I. To nadomestitev lahko izvedemo npr. v skladu s ponazorilnimi primeri.during the reflux of the reaction mixture, and if necessary using an organic diluent, in a sealed container and / or under an atmosphere of 5 inert gas. The method of substitution of protecting group R depends, e.g. from the substituent R present in the compound of formula II, which is to be maintained when converting the compound of formula II to the compound of formula I. This substitution can be carried out e.g. according to the illustrative examples.

Zaščitene amino skupine ali latentne amino skupine Z° v spojinah s formulo II, llb ali Ilc lahko pretvorimo v prosti amino v skladu z znanimi metodami, ki jih izberemo v skladu z značilnostmi zaščitene ali latentne amino skupine, ki jo je treba pretvoriti v amino, kot s solvolitskimi ali hidrogenolitskimi načini dela, npr. hidrolizo v prisotnosti kisline ali baze, acidolizo, npr. obdelavo s trifluoroocetno kislino, obdelavo s hidrazinom, ali s hidrogenolizo v prisotnosti kovinskega katalizatorja za hidrogeniranje ali po kateremkoli drugem primernem načinu dela.The protected amino groups or the latent amino groups Z ° in the compounds of formula II, 11b or Ilc can be converted to the free amino according to known methods, which are selected according to the characteristics of the protected or latent amino group to be converted to amino, as with solvolitic or hydrogenolytic modes of operation, e.g. hydrolysis in the presence of acid or base, acidolysis, e.g. treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, treatment with hydrazine, or by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a metal hydrogenation catalyst or by any other suitable working method.

V odvisnosti od prizadetih skupin lahko izvedemo operacije nadomestitve in pretvorbe v kateremkoli zaporedju ali istočasno z metodami, ki so znane same po sebi.Depending on the affected groups, substitution and conversion operations can be performed in any order or simultaneously using methods known per se.

Prednostno je, da pretvorimo vse zaščitne skupine, pri čemer pretvorimo R^ ali R^ v H in Z° pretvorimo v NH^, v eni sami stopnji z obdelavo s kislino, prednostno s halogenovodikovo kislino, zlasti klorovodikovo kislino, pod hidrolitskimi pogoji.It is advantageous to convert all protecting groups, converting R4 or R4 to H and Z ° to NH4, in a single step by treatment with an acid, preferably with hydrochloric acid, in particular hydrochloric acid, under hydrolytic conditions.

Spojine s formulo II lahko pripravimo npr. z različnimi metodami v skladu z naravo skupine X v formuli V, definirani nižje, npr. tako, da presnovimo v prisotnosti bazičnega katalizatorja ali v prisotnosti sredstev, ki tvorijo proste radikale, spojino s formulo IVThe compounds of formula II can be prepared e.g. by different methods according to the nature of the group X in formula V, defined below, e.g. by reacting in the presence of a basic catalyst or in the presence of free radical-forming agents a compound of formula IV

4 v kateri imata R in R svoj predhodni pomen, ki jo lahko pripravimo s presnovo spojine s formulo R-PHal2 (IVa; Hal =4 in which R and R have their previous meaning, which can be prepared by metabolizing a compound of formula R-PHal 2 (IVa; Hal =

C halogen) z alkoholom R OH v prisotnosti tri-nižjega alkilamina, ali bolj s pridom tako, da presnovimo vodno hipofosforasto c kislino z ortoestrom s formulo C(C^-C4~alkil)(OR )g (IVb),. pri Čemer dobimo v drugem primeru spojino s formulo IV, v kateri R pomeni C(C.j-C4-alkil)(OR )2, s spojino s formulo V ,v, , .C halogen) with the alcohol R OH in the presence of tri-lower alkylamine, or more preferably by reacting the aqueous hypophosphoric acid with an orthoester of formula C (C 1 -C 4 alkyl) (OR) g (IVb). wherein, in the second example, a compound of formula IV is obtained wherein R is C (C 1 -C 4 -alkyl) (OR) 2 , with a compound of formula V, v,,.

2 v kateri imata R in R svoj predhodni pomen in je X ki je sposobna, da jo pretvorimo v skupino s formulo v kateri, imata R in Z svoje predhodne pomene, da spojina s formulo VI2 in which R and R have a previous meaning and X is capable of being converted to a group of formula wherein R and Z have their previous meanings that a compound of formula VI

(VI), skupina,(VI) group,

-CH(R3)-Z, nastane-CH (R 3 ) -Z, formed

2 4 v kateri imajo R , R , R , R in X svoje predhodne pomene, in o nato pretvorimo skupino X v skupino s formulo -CH(R )-Z.2 4 in which R, R, R, R and X have their previous meanings, and o then convert the group X to a group of formula -CH (R) -Z.

Skupina X je prvenstveno ciano, vendar lahko predstavlja tudi karbamoil, skupino s formulo CH(R3)-Z° (Via), v kateri imata R3 in Z° svoj predhodni pomen; ali je X skupina s formulo -C(R )=Y, v kateri ima RJ svoj predhodni pomen in je -C=Y v danem primeru funkcionalno spremenjena karbonilna skupina, kot ustrezna ketalna ali tioketalna skupina, vključno ustrezna ciklična skupina.The group X is primarily cyano, but may also represent carbamoyl, a group of the formula CH (R 3 ) -Z ° (Via), in which R 3 and Z ° have a previous meaning; or X is a group of the formula -C (R) = Y, in which R J has a previous meaning and -C = Y is a functionally modified carbonyl group, as appropriate, of the corresponding ketal or thioketal group, including the corresponding cyclic group.

Ce ima v spojini s formulo IV R svoj predhodni pomen in je v spojini s formulo V X aktivirna skupina Xa, kot ciano ali -C(R^)=O, lahko uporabimo bodisi bazičen katalizator ali iprostoradikalski katalizator. Če pa presnovimo iste spojine s formulo IV s spojinami s formulo V, v kateri je X npr. ostanek 3 formulo -CH(R^)-Z°, so potrebni prostoradikalski katalizatorji.If in a compound of formula IV R has a preliminary meaning and in the compound of formula V X is an activating group Xa, such as cyano or -C (R ^) = O, either a basic catalyst or an i-space catalyst can be used. However, if the same compounds of formula IV are reacted with compounds of formula V in which X is e.g. residue of the formula -CH (R ^) - Z °, space radical catalysts are required.

Bazični katalizator, ki ga uporabimo v prvi stopnji, je lahko npr. C^-C^-alkoksid alkalijske kovine, npr. natrijev ali kalijev C1-C^-alkoksid, zlasti natrijev metoksid, natrijev etoksid ali kalijev terc.butoksid, fluorid alkalijske ali zemeljskoalkalijske kovine, kot kalijev fluorid ali cezijev fluorid, ali hidrid alkalijske kovine, kot natrijev hidrid. Reakcijo lahko izvedemo z uporabo dodanega topila ali brez njegove uporabe.The base catalyst used in the first step may be e.g. An alkali metal C1-C4-alkoxide, e.g. sodium or potassium C 1 -C 4 -alkoxide, in particular sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium tert-butoxide, alkali metal or alkaline earth metal fluoride, such as potassium fluoride or cesium fluoride, or alkali metal hydride, such as sodium hydride. The reaction can be carried out with or without the use of an added solvent.

Če dodamo topilo, je to prednostno alkohol, zlasti C^-C^-alkanol, ki ustreza alkoksidu, uporabljenemu kot bazični katalizator. Reakcijska temperatura lahko variira od 0°C do vrelišča kateregakoli dodanega topila.If a solvent is added, it is preferably an alcohol, in particular a C 1 -C 4 -alkanol, corresponding to the alkoxide used as the base catalyst. The reaction temperature may vary from 0 ° C to the boiling point of any solvent added.

Sredstva, ki tvorijo proste radikale, so npr. spojine, ki se dajo pretvoriti v proste radikale z ioniziranjem ali ultravijoličnim sevanjem, prednostno peroksi spojine, kot anorganske peroksi spojine, npr. vodikov peroksid ali amonijev persulfat, ali organski peroksidi, npr. benzoil peroksid ali terc.butil peroksid, ali organske azo spojine, npr. azo-bis-izobutironitril. Reakcije, v katerih so udeležena sredstva, ki tvorijo proste radikale, lahko izvedemo v danemThe agents that form free radicals are, for example. compounds which can be converted to free radicals by ionization or ultraviolet radiation, preferably peroxy compounds, such as inorganic peroxy compounds, e.g. hydrogen peroxide or ammonium persulfate, or organic peroxides, e.g. benzoyl peroxide or tert.butyl peroxide, or organic azo compounds, e.g. azo-bis-isobutyronitrile. The reactions involving free radical-forming agents can be carried out as desired

- 30 primeru v prisotnosti topila in po potrebi med hlajenjem ali segrevanjem, v zaprti posodi in/ali v atmosferi inertnega plina.- 30 in the presence of solvent and, where necessary, during cooling or heating, in a closed container and / or in an inert gas atmosphere.

•3• 3

Pretvorbo skupine X v skupino -CH(R )-Z izvedemo v skladu z znanimi metodami. Ciano in karbamoil pretvorimo v aminometil z redukcijo, ciano npr. s hidrogeniranjem v prisotnosti primernega katalizatorja, npr. Raneyevega niklja, in topila, kot etanola, ki lahko prednostno vsebuje amoniak, in karbamoil npr. z obdelavo s primernim hidridnim reducirnim sredstvom, kot boranom v tetrahidrofuranu.Conversion of group X to group -CH (R) -Z is carried out according to known methods. Cyano and carbamoyl are converted to aminomethyl by reduction, cyano e.g. by hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable catalyst, e.g. Raney nickel, and solvents such as ethanol, which may preferably contain ammonia, and carbamoyl e.g. by treatment with a suitable hydride reducing agent such as borane in tetrahydrofuran.

Pretvorbo skupine X v spojinah s formulo VI, vConversion of group X to compounds of formula VI, v

O kateri je X skupina -C(R )=Y, v kateri je Y kisik, v skupino □ s formulo -CH(RJ)-Z, izvedemo z znanimi postopki reduktivnega aminiranja, npr. z obdelavo z natrijevim cianoborohidridom v prisotnosti amonijevega acetata v primernem topilu, kot dioksanu, in med hlajenjem, npr. pri okoli 0°C.About which X is a group -C (R) = Y, in which Y is oxygen, to a group □ of formula -CH (R J ) -Z, is carried out by known reductive amination procedures, e.g. by treatment with sodium cyanoborohydride in the presence of ammonium acetate in a suitable solvent, such as dioxane, and during cooling, e.g. at about 0 ° C.

Spojine s formulo IV so bodisi znane ali pa jih lahko pripravimo po više opisanih metodah. Specifični primeri spojin s formulo IV vključujejo izo-propil (etil)fosfonit, izopropil (n-propil)fosfonit, izo-butil (n-butil)fosfonit, izo-butil (izo-propil)fosfonit, izo-butil (izo-butil)fosfonit in izo-butil (sek.butil)fosfonit.The compounds of formula IV are either known or can be prepared by several methods described. Specific examples of compounds of formula IV include iso-propyl (ethyl) phosphonite, isopropyl (n-propyl) phosphonite, iso-butyl (n-butyl) phosphonite, iso-butyl (iso-propyl) phosphonite, iso-butyl (iso-butyl) ) phosphonite and iso-butyl (sec.butyl) phosphonite.

Podobno so spojine s formulo V bodisi znane ali jih lahko dobimo po metodah, ki so dobro znane.Similarly, compounds of formula V are either known or can be prepared by methods well known.

Alternativno lahko spojino s formulo VIIAlternatively, the compound of Formula VII

R5-0s yO-Si(R7)3R 5 -0s yo-Si (R 7) 3

R' (VII), v kateri je R C^-C^-alkil ali C^-C^-alkil, substituiran z enim ali dvema fenilnima ostankoma ali dodatno skupino -Si(R )g, je vsak R neodvisno C^-Cg-alkil, prednostno C-j-C^-alkil, zlasti metil, pri čemer sta skupini R in R enaki ali različni, lahko presnovimo s spojino s formulami aliR '(VII), in which RC 1 -C 4 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl substituted with one or two phenyl radicals or an additional group -Si (R) g, each R is independently C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, preferably C1-C6-alkyl, in particular methyl, wherein the groups R and R are the same or different, can be reacted with a compound of the formulas or

U (Vlila), (VHIb), (Vilic), (V), v katerih imajo R , R , R , Z in X svoje predhodne pomene, pri čemer je X prvenstveno ciano ali skupina s formulo □U (Vlila), (VHIb), (Fork), (V) in which R, R, R, Z and X have their previous meanings, with X being primarily cyano or a group of formula □

C(R)=Y in stoji Hal za halogen, kot jodo, bromo ali kloro. Reakcijo z epoksidom s formulo VHIb izvedemo s pridom v prisotnosti blage Lewisove kisline, kot brezvodnega cinkovega klorida, medtem ko izvedemo reakcije s halidi s formulami Vlila ali Vilic prednostno pri pogojih Arbusove metode, npr. pri reakcijski temperaturi, ki sega od sobne temperature do zvišane temperature, npr. 16O°C, pri čemer odstranjujemo trialkil silil halid, ki se tvori v reakciji.C (R) = Y and Hal stands for halogen, such as iodine, bromo or chloro. Reaction with an epoxide of formula VHIb is preferably carried out in the presence of mild Lewis acid as anhydrous zinc chloride, while reactions with halides of formulas Vlila or Vilic are carried out preferably under Arbus method conditions, e.g. at a reaction temperature ranging from room temperature to elevated temperature, e.g. 16 ° C, removing the trialkyl silyl halide formed in the reaction.

Spojine s formulo Ilb in/ali Ilc lahko pripravimo tudi tako, da izhajamo iz spojine s formulo IXCompounds of formula Ilb and / or Ilc can also be prepared by starting from a compound of formula IX

°)UUU r°) UUU r

H—NH2 (IX)H-NH 2 (IX)

12 3 . .12 3. .

v kateri imajo R , R in R svoje predhodne pomene, m jo presnovimo, npr. aciliramo, da dobimo spojino s formulo Xin which R, R and R have their previous meanings, m is metabolized, e.g. is acylated to give the compound of formula X

3 v kateri imajo R , R in R npr. acilirana amino skupina, hidroksilno skupino v spojini s formulo XI (X), svoj predhodni pomen in je Z° in nato zaščitimo (kislinsko) s formulo X, da nastane spojina3 in which R, R and R have e.g. an acylated amino group, a hydroxyl group in a compound of formula XI (X), having its previous meaning and being Z ° and then protecting (acid) with formula X to form a compound

(XI),(XI),

O O λ v kateri imajo R , R , RJ in Z° svoje predhodne pomene in pomeni R^O zaščiten, npr. zaestren hidroksi. Alternativno lahko izhodni material s formulo IX presnovimo s sililirnim sredstvom, kot heksa-nižjim alkilsilazanom ali tri-nižjim alkil halogenosilanom, npr. s heksametildisilazanom ali s trimetilklorsilanom v prisotnosti trietilamina, da nastane spojina s formuloOO λ in which R, R, R J and Z ° have their previous meanings and R ^ O is protected, e.g. esterified hydroxy. Alternatively, the starting material of formula IX can be reacted with a silylating agent, such as hexa-lower alkylsilazane or tri-lower alkyl halogenosilane, e.g. with hexamethyldisilazane or with trimethylchlorosilane in the presence of triethylamine to form a compound of the formula

R5 O0. R1 R2 R3 R 5 O 0. R 1 R 2 R 3

CH—CH—CH—Z° (XI ’),CH-CH-CH-Z ° (XI '),

R5 o(IR 5 o (I

5 v kateri je Ro skupina R , ki pomeni tri-nižji alkilsilil, npr. trimetilsilil, in Z° pomeni bis(tri-nižji alkilsilil)amino kot bis(trimetilsililamino).5 in which Ro is a group R which denotes a tri-lower alkylsilyl, e.g. trimethylsilyl, and Z ° represents bis (tri-lower alkylsilyl) amino as bis (trimethylsilylamino).

s spojinowith the compound

Intermediat s formulo XI ali XI’ nato presnovimo ki je sposobna, da pretvori skupinoAn intermediate of formula XI or XI 'is then reacted with the ability to convert the group

R50 aliR 5 0 or

R5(y v skupino aR 5 (y in group a

v kateri ima R svoj predhodni pomen, da nastane spojina s 5 formulo llb, v kateri ima R svoj predhodni pomen. Tako lahko intermediat s formulo XI presnovimo z alifatskim, cikloalifatskim, cikloalifatskim ali aralifatskim aldehidom ali ketonom, npr. s formulo R’-C(R)=O (XIIa), ki ustreza skupini R s formulo R’-CH(R)(OH)-, s terminalno nenasičeno alifatsko, cikloalifatsko ali aralifatsko spojino R’’’-H (XIIb), v kateri je R’’’ skupina, ki je sicer identična z R, le da ima vsaj eno dodatno terminalno dvojno vez, ali v prisotnosti bazičnega kondenzacijskega sredstva, kot tri-nižjega alkil amina, npr. N-etil-N,N-diizopropil-amina, z ustreznim halidom, npr. nižjim alkilhalidom s formulo R-Hal (XIIc ,in which R has a prior meaning to form a compound of formula 5b, wherein R has a previous meaning. Thus, the intermediate of formula XI can be reacted with an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic aldehyde or ketone, e.g. of formula R'-C (R) = O (XIIa) corresponding to the group R of formula R'-CH (R) (OH) -, with a terminally unsaturated aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic compound R '' '- H (XIIb) ), in which R '' is a group identical to R, except that it has at least one additional terminal double bond, or in the presence of a basic condensing agent, such as a three-lower alkyl amine, e.g. N-ethyl-N, N-diisopropyl-amine, with the corresponding halide, e.g. lower alkyl halide of the formula R-Hal (XIIc,

Hal = halogen), prednostno pod bazičnimi pogoji.Hal = halogen), preferably under basic conditions.

Izhodni materiali s formulo IX in njihova priprava so bili opisani v U.S. 4656298, ki opisuje v spojini s formulo XIII’The starting materials of Formula IX and their preparation have been described in U.S. Pat. 4656298, which describes in a compound of formula XIII '

C^-Cg-cikloalkil, fenil, ki je (XIII') , in R3 vodik, C.-CQ-alkil, a ’ 1 o v danem primeru substituiranC-Ce-cycloalkyl, phenyl, which is (XIII '), and R 3 is hydrogen, C.-C, Q-alkyl, a &apos; 1 s is optionally substituted

- 34 s halogeno, C^-alkilom, C1-C^-alkoksi in/ali CF^, ali je Cy-C10-fenilalkil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogeno, -C^-alkilom, C1-C^-alkoksi- 34 with halogen, C ^ -alkyl, C 1 -C-alkoxy and / or CF ^, or Cy-C 10 -fenilalkil, which is optionally substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, C ^ -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy

O ’ v , in/ali CF^, m sta ostala dva vodik, Z je zaščitena amino skupina, je vodik,C^-C^-alkil ali kation alkalijske kovine ali amonijev kation, in je Q vodik ali zaščitna skupina, cO 'v, and / or CF ^, m are the other two hydrogen, Z is a protected amino group, is hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl or an alkali metal cation or ammonium cation, and Q is hydrogen or a protecting group, c

nadomestitev skupine R^ , če je alkil, z vodikom ali kationom cv alkalijske kovine ali amonijevim kationom;substitution of the group R ^ when alkyl, with hydrogen or a cation in an alkali metal or ammonium cation;

nadomestitev skupine Q, če je zaščitna skupina, z vodikom; in pretvorbo Z° v NH2, da nastane spojina s formulo IX.replacement of the group Q, if a protecting group, by hydrogen; and converting Z ° to NH 2 to form a compound of formula IX.

V U.S. 4656298 lahko nadomestijo skupine Q, npr.In the U.S. 4656298 can be replaced by Q groups, e.g.

-CCC^-C^-alkil)(0Ra)(0Rb), prednostno -CH(ORa)(ORb), v kateri sta Ra in Rb -C^-alkil, zlasti -CH(OC2H^)2 in/ali C^-C^5 alkilna skupina R z vodikom tako, da obdelajo spojino s formulo XIII’ s kislino pod hidrolitskimi pogoji; ali z obdelavo z organskim silil halidom, kot tri-metil silil jodidom ali bromidom, ki ji sledi hidroliza. V U.S. 2656298 vv 5 je prednostna nadomestitev zaščitnih skupin Q in R z H vodikom in pretvorba Z° v NH9 v spojinah s formulo XIII’ v eni sami stopnji s kislino pod hidrolitskimi pogoji.-CCC1 -C4-alkyl) (O R a ) (O R b ), preferably -CH (OR a ) (OR b ), wherein R a and R b are -C 4 -alkyl, in particular -CH (OC 2 H 2 ) 2 and / or C 1 -C 5 alkyl group R with hydrogen by treating a compound of formula XIII 'with an acid under hydrolytic conditions; or by treatment with organic silyl halide, such as tri-methyl silyl iodide or bromide, followed by hydrolysis. In US 2656298 vv 5, it is preferred to replace the protecting groups Q and R with H hydrogen and convert Z ° to NH 9 in compounds of formula XIII 'in a single step with an acid under hydrolytic conditions.

Ta znana metoda ima pomanjkljivost, da se pod opisanimi ostrimi reakcijskimi pogoji istočasno z zaščitno skupino Q odstranijo zaščitna skupina R^ za hidroksi in Čl zaščitna skupina za amino.This known method has the disadvantage that under the described sharp reaction conditions, at the same time as the protecting group Q, the protecting group R 1 for hydroxy and the 1 protecting group for amino are removed.

Sedaj smo ugotovili, da se v spojini s formuloWe have now found that in a compound of formula

II

XIII ali XIVXIII or XIV

2 v kateri imajo R , R , pomen, ustrezne zaščitne če obdelamo spojino s brezvodnim medijem, da spojina s formulo 0 (XIII) ali (XIV),2 in which R, R, have the meaning of a suitable protective when treating the compound with anhydrous medium to give the compound of formula 0 (XIII) or (XIV),

R^, Qt χ in 2° svoj predhodni o 5 skupine R in Z oz. R in X ohranijo, formulo XIII ali XIV s protičnim nastane spojina s formulo XI, aliR ^, Q t χ i n 2 ° its predecessor o 5 groups R and Z respectively. R and X retain, Formula XIII or XIV counterparts to form a compound of Formula XI, or

NLUH (xv).NLUH (xv).

Primeri takih protičnih brezvodnih mediju vključujejo brezvodni plinast klorovodik, ali brezvodni medij lahko pripravimo iz organske spojine z eno ali več vezmi Si-Cl skupaj s sredstvom, npr. alkanolom, ki je sposoben da razcepi vez Si-Cl, da nastane brezvoden protični medij in situ.Examples of such protic anhydrous media include anhydrous hydrogen chloride gas, or the anhydrous medium can be prepared from an organic compound with one or more Si-Cl bonds together with an agent, e.g. an alkanol capable of cleaving the Si-Cl bond to form an anhydrous protic medium in situ.

Prednostni brezvodni protični mediji zato vključujejo trimetil silil klorid v tehničnem kloroformu, ki vsebuje etanol.Preferred anhydrous protic media therefore include trimethyl silyl chloride in technical chloroform containing ethanol.

Ta nova pot ima prednost, da se izognemo stopnjam ponovne zaščite, npr. IX-»X in X-*XI, ki so potrebne pri znanih poteh.This new route has the advantage of avoiding levels of re-protection, e.g. IX- »X and X- * XI, which are required in known routes.

Izum se zato nanaša tudi na postopek spojin s formulo za pripravo (XV), v kateri X pomeni ciano, karbamoil ali skupino s formulama -CH(R3)-Z° (XVa) ali -C(R3)=Y (XVb), v kateri Z° pomeni zaščiteno ali latentno amino skupino, kot je navedena više, Y pomeni v danem primeru acetalizirano, tioacetalizirano, ketalizirano ali tioketalizirano okso skupino, eden od r\ R in R je vodik, hidroksi, C^-Cg-alkil, C^-Cg-cikloalkil, fenil, ki je v danem primeru substituiran s halogenom, C^-C^-alkilom, C^-C^-alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, ali je danem primeru substituiran v C7C10”f'enila'l'ki^’ V fenilnem delu s halogenom, C^-C^-alkilom, -C^-alkoksi 1 2 3 in/ali trifluorometilom in so drugi od R , R in R vodik, in r5 pomeni C^-C^-alkilni radikal, označen s tem, da spojino s formulo XXVThe invention therefore also relates to a process for compounds of formula (XV), wherein X is cyano, carbamoyl or a group of the formulas -CH (R 3 ) -Z ° (XVa) or -C (R 3 ) = Y (XVb ), in which Z ° represents a protected or latent amino group, as indicated above, Y means optionally acetylated, thioacetalized, ketalized or thioketalized oxo group, one of r \ R and R being hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 8 - alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by halogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, or optionally substituted in C 7 C 10 "f 'enyl' l 'which ^' in the phenyl moiety by halogen, C ^ -C ^ -alkyl, C ^ -alkoxy 1 2 3, and / or trifluoromethyl and the other of R, R and R is hydrogen, and R5 is A C 1 -C 4 -alkyl radical, wherein the compound of formula XXV

(XIV), i 2 5 * v kateri imajo R , R , R3, R3b in X više navedene pomene in Q’ pomeni skupino s formulo -C(R^)-C(OR^)(OR^) (XIVa) , v kateri R® pomeni nižji alkil in predstavljata R^ in R10 neodvisno drug od drugega nižji alkil ali predstavljata skupaj nižji alkilen, obdelamo z brezvodnim protičnim medijem* in na spojine s formulo XV, kadarkoli so pripravljene po tem postopku ali njegovem očitnem kemijskem ekvivalentu.(XIV), i 2 5 * in which R, R, R 3 , R 3 b and X have the meanings indicated above and Q 'represents a group of the formula -C (R ^) - C (OR ^) (OR ^) ( XIVa) in which R® is lower alkyl, and represents R ^ and R 10 independently of one another lower alkyl or together represent lower alkylene, is treated with an anhydrous protic medium * and the compound of formula XV, whenever it is prepared according to this procedure or in a the obvious chemical equivalent.

Novi postopek izvedemo pri temperaturi, ki sega od -80°C do 100°C, prednostno od 0°C do 50°C.The new process is carried out at a temperature ranging from -80 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably from 0 ° C to 50 ° C.

Medtem ko lahko uporabljena relativna molarna razmerja reaktantov, t.j. reaktanta XIV proti organskemu silil kloridu, variirajo v širokem območju, je prednostno, da uporabljamo molarna razmerja, ki znašajo od 1 do 2 molarna ekvivalenta drugega na molarni ekvivalent XIV.While the relative molar ratios of reactants can be used, i.e. of reactant XIV against organic silyl chloride, varying over a wide range, it is preferable to use molar ratios of from 1 to 2 molar equivalent of the other to the molar equivalent of XIV.

V prednostni izvedbi postopka v smislu izuma podvržemo spojino s formulo Ila ,swIn a preferred embodiment of the process of the invention, a compound of formula Ila is subjected to w

-NH2 (Ha),-NH 2 (Ha),

12 3 v kateri R pomeni nižji alkil in imajo R, R , R in R svoje predhodne pomene, ki jo lahko dobimo npr. v skladu z reakcijskimi zaporedji12 in which R is lower alkyl and R, R, R and R have their previous meanings, which can be obtained e.g. according to the reaction sequences

IV + V -► VI -- Ila;IV + V -► VI - Ila;

VII + Vilic -VI —- Ila;VII + Fork -VI —- Ila;

VII + VHIb -- (Ilb) -- Ila aliVII + VHIb - (Ilb) - Ila or

XIV -- XV -- VI -- Ila;XIV - XV - VI - Ila;

bazični ali kisli hidrolizi ali jo obdelamo s tri-nižji alkil halogenosilanom.basic or acid hydrolysis, or treated with tri-lower alkyl halogenosilane.

- 38 Kombinirani postopek, ki je označen z reakcijskim zaporedjem- 38 Combination process indicated by the reaction sequence

XIV -- XV -- VI -- Ila -- I je nova in ugodna pot do spojin s formulo I.XIV - XV - VI - Ila - I is a new and advantageous route to compounds of formula I.

V drugi prednostni izvedbi postopka v smislu izuma podvržemo spojine s formulo Ilc v kateri imajo R, R1 , R2, R^, R^ in Z° svoje predhodne pomene, ki jo lahko pripravimo npr. preko reakcijskih zaporedijIn another preferred embodiment of the process of the invention, compounds of the formula Ilc in which R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 4 and Z ° have their previous meanings, which can be prepared e.g. via reaction sequences

IXIX

XIXI

Ilb aliIlb or

IX —- XI’ -- Ilb, bazični ali kisli hidrolizi ali jo obdelamo s tri-nižji alkil halogenosilanom, čemur sledi predelava z vodo. S 5 pridom pripravimo spojino Ilb, v kateri R pomeni tri-nizji alkilsilil, Z° pomeni bis(nižji alkilsilil )amino in imajo 12 3IX —— XI '- Ilb, basic or acidic hydrolysis or treated with tri-lower alkyl halogenosilane, followed by treatment with water. With 5, a compound Ilb is prepared in which R is tri-lower alkylsilyl, Z ° is bis (lower alkylsilyl) amino and 12

R , R in R svoje predhodne pomene, in situ tako, da presnovimo spojino s formuloR, R and R have their foregoing meanings, in situ, by reacting the compound of formula

s sililirnim sredstvom in nato, prednostno pod bazičnimi pogoji, s spojino s formulo R-Hal (XIIb; Hal - halogen) inwith a silylating agent and then, preferably under basic conditions, with a compound of the formula R-Hal (XIIb; Hal-halogen), and

- 39 odstranimo zaščito v skladu z izumom, če jo predelamo pod protičnimi, npr. vodnimi ali vodno/alkoholnimi pogoji.- 39 remove the protection according to the invention when processed under counter flow, e.g. water or water / alcohol conditions.

Zgoraj omenjene reakcije izvedemo v skladu s standardnimi metodami, v prisotnosti ali odsotnosti razredčil, prednostno takih, ki so inertna proti reagentom in so topila zanje, katalizatorjev, kondenzacijskih oz. omenjenih drugih sredstev in/ali v inertnih atmosferah, pri nizkih temperaturah, sobni temperaturi ali zvišanih temperaturah, prednostno blizu vrelišča uporabljenih topil, pri atmosferskem ali nadatmosferskem tlaku.The aforementioned reactions are carried out according to standard methods, in the presence or absence of diluents, preferably those which are inert to the reagents and are solvents therefor, catalysts, condensation or reactants. said other agents and / or in inert atmospheres, at low temperatures, at room temperature or at elevated temperatures, preferably near the boiling point of the solvents used, at atmospheric or supra-atmospheric pressure.

Spojine s formulo I, ki jih lahko dobimo v skladju s postopkom v smislu izuma, lahko pretvarjamo eno v drugo.The compounds of formula I, which can be obtained according to the process of the invention, can be converted into one another.

Tako lahko spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R substituiran s hidroksi in/ali R in R pomeni hidroksi, pretvorimo v ustrezne spojine, ki so brez hidroksi, npr. tako, da jih presnovimo s tiokarbonildiimidazolom in obdelamo nastali imidazoliltiouretan v prisotnosti radikalskega iniciatorja, kot azoizobutironitrila, s tri-nižjim alkilstananom, npr. s (C^Hg)^SnH, npr. v benzenu pri 60 do 80°C.Thus, compounds of formula I in which R is substituted by hydroxy and / or R and R represents hydroxy can be converted to the corresponding hydroxy-free compounds, e.g. by treating them with thiocarbonyldiimidazole and treating the resulting imidazolylthiourethane in the presence of a radical initiator, such as azoisobutyronitrile, with three-lower alkylstannan, e.g. with (C ^ Hg) ^ SnH, e.g. in benzene at 60 to 80 ° C.

Tudi dvojne in/ali trojne vezi, ki so prisotne v skupini R, lahko reduciramo v enojne vezi, trojne vezi torej v dvojne vezi, da dobimo ustrezno manj nenasičeno spojino s formulo I.Also, the double and / or triple bonds present in group R can be reduced to single bonds, and triple bonds, therefore, to double bonds to give the corresponding less unsaturated compound of formula I.

Izum nadalje vključuje katerokoli varianto pričujočih postopkov, v kateri uporabimo vmesni produkt, ki ga lahko dobimo v katerikoli stopnji postopkov, kot izhodni material in izvedemo preostale stopnje, ali v kateri tvorimo izhodne materiale pod reakcijskimi pogoji, ali v kateri uporabimo reakcijske komponente v obliki njihovih soli ali optično čistih antipodov. Kadarkoli je zaželeno, izvedemo gornje postopke potem, ko smo najprej primerno zaščitili vse potencialno moteče reaktivne funkcionalne skupine, npr. kot je pojasnjeno tukaj.The invention further encompasses any variant of the present processes in which an intermediate, which can be obtained at any stage of the process, is used as starting material and residual steps, or in which the starting materials are formed under reaction conditions, or in which the reaction components are used in the form of their salts or optically pure antipodes. Whenever desired, the above procedures are performed after first adequately protecting all potentially disruptive reactive functional groups, e.g. as explained here.

S pridom je treba uporabiti v teh reakcijah tiste izhodne materiale, ki vodijo do tvorbe tistih spojin, ki smo jih navedli zgoraj kot prednostne.It is advantageous to use in these reactions those starting materials which lead to the formation of those compounds mentioned above as preferred.

V odvisnosti od izbire izhodnih materialov in metod so lahko nove spojine v obliki enega od možnih izomerov, npr. kot diastereomeri, kot optični izomeri (antipodi), kot racemati ali kot njihove zmesi.Depending on the choice of starting materials and methods, new compounds may be in the form of one of the possible isomers, e.g. as diastereomers, as optical isomers (antipodes), as racemates or as mixtures thereof.

V primeru, če dobimo diastereomerne zmesi gornjih spojin ali intermediatov, lahko le-te ločimo v posamezne racemične ali optično aktivne izomere po metodah, ki so same po sebi znane, npr. s frakcionirano destilacijo, kristalizacijo ali kromatografijo.In the case of diastereomeric mixtures of the above compounds or intermediates, they can be separated into individual racemic or optically active isomers by methods known per se, e.g. by fractional distillation, crystallization or chromatography.

Racemične produkte s formulo I ali bazične intermediate lahko razcepimo v optične antipode npr. z ločenjem njihovih diastereomernih soli, npr. s frakcionirano kristalizacijo d- ali 1-(tartratnih, dibenzoiltartratnih, mandelatnih ali kafrasulfonatnih) soli.Racemic products of formula I or basic intermediates can be cleaved into optical antipodes, e.g. by separating their diastereomeric salts, e.g. by fractional crystallization of the d- or 1- (tartrate, dibenzoyltartrate, mandelate or camphrasulfonate) salts.

S pridom izoliramo bolj aktivnega od antipodov spojin v smislu izuma.It is advantageous to isolate more active antipodes of the compounds of the invention.

Nadalje dobimo spojine v smislu izuma bodisi v prosti obliki (amfoterno ionski) obliki, ali kot njihovo sol. Npr., vsako nastalo prosto spojino lahko pretvorimo v ustrezno kislinsko adicijsko sol, prednostno ob uporabi farmacevtsko sprejemljive kisline ali anionskega izmenjevalnega pripravka, soli z bazami z obdelavo prostih spojin z bazami ali primernimi tehnikami kationske izmenjave, ali nastale soli lahko pretvorimo v ustrezne proste spojine, npr. kislinske adicijske soli z uporabo močnejše baze, kot kovinskega ali amonijevega hidroksida, ali katerekoli bazične soli, npr. hidroksida ali karbonata alkalijske kovine, ali kationskega izmenjevalnega pripravka, in soli z bazami z obdelavo s primernimi kislimi reagenti. Te ali druge soli, npr. pikrate, lahko uporabimo tudi za čiščenje dobljenih spojin; spojine takrat najprej pretvorimo v soli. Glede na tesno zvezo med prostimi spojinami in spojinami v obliki njihovih soli, je vedno, kadar govorimo v tej zvezi o spojini, mišljena tudi ustrezna sol, pod pogojem, da je to možno ali primerno v teh okoliščinah, in izraz ”soli naj vključuje, po želji tudi proste spojine, kadar je v skladu s pomenom in namenom to primerno.The compounds of the invention are further obtained either in the free (amphoteric ion) form or as a salt thereof. For example, any resulting free compound can be converted to a suitable acid addition salt, preferably using a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or anion exchange preparation, salts with bases by treating the free compounds with bases or suitable cation exchange techniques, or the resulting salts can be converted to the corresponding free compounds , e.g. acid addition salts using a stronger base, such as metal or ammonium hydroxide, or any base salt, e.g. alkali metal hydroxide or carbonate, or cation exchange preparation, and salts with bases by treatment with suitable acidic reagents. These or other salts, e.g. picrates can also be used to purify the compounds obtained; the compounds are then first converted to salts. In view of the close relationship between the free compounds and the compounds in the form of their salts, when referring to the compound in this connection, an appropriate salt is also meant, provided that it is possible or appropriate in these circumstances, and the term "salts should include, optionally free compounds when appropriate in meaning and purpose.

Spojine, vključno njihove soli, lahko dobimo tudi v obliki njihovih hidratov, ali lahko vključujejo druga topila, uporabljena za kristalizacijo.The compounds, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or may include other solvents used for crystallization.

Pričujoči izum se nanaša tudi na uporabo spojin v smislu izuma za pripravo farmacevtskih pripravkov, zlasti farmacevtskih pripravkov s selektivno antagonistično aktivnostjo proti GABAg, ki jih lahko uporabimo za zdravljenje npr. spoznavalnih in spominskih motenj, depresivnih duševnih stanj in tesnobe.The present invention also relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions, in particular pharmaceutical preparations having selective antagonistic activity against GABAg that can be used to treat e.g. cognitive and memory disorders, depressive mental states, and anxiety.

Farmacevtski pripravki v skladu z izumom so tisti, ki so primerni za enteralno, kot oralno ali rektalno, transdermalno in parenteralno dajanje sesalcem, vključno ljudem za zdravljenje bolezni, ki reagirajo na zgoraj navedeno blokiranje receptorjev GABAg, ki obsegajo učinkovito količino spojine v smislu izuma, ki blokira receptorje GABAg, samo ali v kombinaciji z enim ali več farmacevtsko sprejemljivimi nosilci.The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are those suitable for enteral, as oral or rectal, transdermal and parenteral administration to mammals, including humans for the treatment of diseases that respond to the above blocking GABAg receptors, comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention, blocking GABAg receptors, alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

Farmakološko aktivne spojine v smislu izuma vdelamo v farmacevtske pripravke, ki obsegajo učinkovitoThe pharmacologically active compounds of the invention are incorporated into effective pharmaceutical compositions

- 43 količino le-teh v zvezi ali zmesi z ekscipienti ali nosilci, ki so prifoerni bodisi za enteralno ali parenteralno uporabo.- 43 the amount thereof in association with or admixture with excipients or carriers suitable for either enteral or parenteral administration.

Prednostne so tablete in želatinske kapsule, ki obsegajo aktivno sestavino skupšj z a) razredčili, npr.Preferred are tablets and gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient more expensively with a) diluents, e.g.

t laktozo, dekstrozo, saharozo, manitolom, sorbitolom, celulozo in/ali glicinom; b) lubrikanti, fipr. kremenico, smukcem, stearinsko kislino, njenimi magnezijevimi ali kalcijevimi solmi in/ali polietilen glikdlom; za tablete tudi c) vezivi, npr. magnezijevim aluminijevim silikatom, škrobno pasto, želatino, tragantom, metilcelulozo, natrijevo karboksimetilcelulozo in/ali polivinilpirolidonom; po želji d) dezintegranti, npr. škrobi, agarjem, alginsko kislino ali njeno natrijevo soljo, ali efervescentimi zmesmi; in/ali e) absorbenti, barvili, aromami in sladili. Pripravki, ki se dajo injicirati, so prednostno vodne izotonične raztopine ali suspenzije, in supozitorije pripravimo s pridom iz maščobnih emulzij ali suspenzij. Ti pripravki so lahko sterilizirani in/ali lahko vsebujejo adjuvante, kot konzervirna, stabilizacijska, omočilna ali emulgirna sredstva, solubilizirna sredstva, soli za uravnavanje osmotskega tlaka in/ali puferje. Poleg tega lahko vsebujejo pripravki tudi druge terapevtsko dragocene snovi. Te pripravke pripravimo v skladu z običajnimi metodami za mešanje, granuliranje oz. preslojevanje, in vsebujete,- 44 okoli 0,1 do 75 %, prednostno okoli 1 do 50 % aktivne sestavine.t lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and / or glycine; b) lubricants, fipr. silica, talc, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salts and / or polyethylene glycol; for tablets also c) binders, e.g. magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and / or polyvinylpyrrolidone; optionally d) disintegrants, e.g. starches, agars, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and / or e) absorbents, colorants, flavorings and sweeteners. Injectable compositions are preferably aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are prepared advantageously from fat emulsions or suspensions. These preparations may be sterilized and / or may contain adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, osmotic pressure regulating salts and / or buffers. In addition, the preparations may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. These preparations are prepared in accordance with conventional methods for mixing, granulating or mixing. and containing, - 44 about 0.1 to 75%, preferably about 1 to 50% of the active ingredient.

Primerni pripravki za transdermalno uporabo vključujejo učinkovito količino spojine v smislu izuma z nosilcem. Ugodni nosilci vključujejo farmakološko sprejemljiva topila, ki se lahko absorbirajo, da pomagajo pri prehodu skozi kožo gostitelja. Značilna so transdermalna sredstva v obliki povoja, ki obsega oporni člen, rezervoar, ki vsebuje spojino, v danem primeru z nosilci, v danem primeru pregrado, ki kontrolira količino, da dobavlja spojino koži gostitelja v kontrolirani in vnaprej določeni količini preko daljšega časovnega razdobja, in sredstvo za pritrditev sredstva na kožo.Suitable preparations for transdermal use include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with a carrier. Advantageous carriers include pharmacologically acceptable solvents that can be absorbed to assist in passage through the host skin. Typically, transdermal agents are in the form of a bandage comprising a support member, a reservoir containing the compound, optionally with carriers, optionally a volume control barrier, to supply the compound to the host skin in a controlled and predetermined amount over a long period of time, and a means of fixing the agent to the skin.

Pričujoči izum se nanaša tudi na uporabo spojin v smislu izuma z antagonističnimi lastnostmi proti GABAg in na farmacevtske pripravke, ki vsebujejo te spojine za zdravljenje motenj, ki reagirajo na selektivno blokiranje receptorjev GABAg , zlasti spoznavalnih in spominskih motenj in tudi depresij in tesnobe pri sesalcih.The present invention also relates to the use of compounds of the invention having antagonistic properties against GABAg and to pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds for the treatment of disorders responsive to selective blocking of GABAg receptors, in particular cognitive and memory disorders as well as depression and anxiety in mammals.

En vidik se s pridom nanaša na postopek za zdravljenje nootropskih motenj pri sesalcih ob uporabi učinkovite količine spojine v smislu izuma, prednostno v obliki zgoraj navedenih farmacevtskih pripravkov.One aspect advantageously relates to a method for treating nootropic disorders in a mammal using an effective amount of a compound of the invention, preferably in the form of the above pharmaceutical preparations.

45Doziranje aktivne spojine, ki jo dajemo, je odvisno od vrste toplokrvne živali (sesalca), telesne teže, starosti in individualnega stanja in od oblike dajanja.45Dosage of the active compound to be administered depends on the type of warm-blooded animal (mammal), body weight, age and individual condition and form of administration.

Dozirna enota za sesalca z okoli 50 do 70 kg lahko vsebuje med okoli 10 in 500 mg aktivne sestavine.A mammal dosage unit of about 50 to 70 kg may contain between about 10 and 500 mg of active ingredient.

Sledeči primeri so namenjeni za pojasnitev izuma in jih ne smemo razumeti kot njegove omejitve. Temperature so navedene v centigradnih stopinjah. Če ni omenjeno drugače, izvedemo vsa uparevanja pod znižanim tlakom, prednostno med okoli 2 in 13 kPa. Struktura končnih produktov, intermediatov in izhodnih materialov je potrjena z analitskimi metodami, npr. mikroanalizo in spektroskopskimi karakteristikami (npr. MS, IR, NMR). Spojine s formulo I označujemo niže kotThe following examples are intended to illustrate the invention and should not be construed as limiting it. Temperatures are given in centigrade degrees. Unless otherwise noted, all evaporations under reduced pressure, preferably between about 2 and 13 kPa, are performed. The structure of the end products, intermediates and starting materials is confirmed by analytical methods, e.g. microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics (e.g., MS, IR, NMR). The compounds of formula I are denoted below

33

3-amino-1-R -2-R -3-R -propil(R)fosfinske kisline.3-Amino-1-R -2-R -3-R -propyl (R) phosphinic acid.

PRIMER 1EXAMPLE 1

K raztopini 1,0 g etil 3-amino-2-(p-klorofenil)propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata v 5 ml metanola dodamo 2,5 ml 2 normalne raztopine natrijevega hidroksida in zmes segrevamo 5 ur na temperaturo 80°. Po tem času reakcijsko zmes koncentriramo pod znižanim tlakom in oljnati ostanek spustimo preko ionske izmenjevalne smole (D0WEX ® 50Μ-Χ8 H+) ob uporabi deionizirane vode kot eluenta. Na ninhidrin pozitivne frakcije združimo in uparimo, da dobimo 3-amino-2-(4-klorofenil) propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 175-185° (razp.) 31P-NMR: S = +31,6 ppm (D20).To a solution of 1.0 g of ethyl 3-amino-2- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate in 5 ml of methanol was added 2.5 ml of a 2N sodium hydroxide solution and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C for 5 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the oily residue was passed through an ion exchange resin (D0WEX ® 50Μ-Χ8 H + ) using deionized water as eluent. The ninhydrin positive fractions were combined and evaporated to give 3-amino-2- (4-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 175-185 ° (dec.) 31 P-NMR: S = + 31.6 ppm (D 2 O).

PRIMER 2EXAMPLE 2

0,5 g etil 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata raztopimo v 5 ml etanola in to raztopino dodamo k raztopini 0,14 g natrijevega hidroksida v 2 ml vode. To zmes nato segrevamo 3 ure na 60°, ohladimo na sobno temperaturo in topilo uparimo pod znižanim tlakom. Oljnati ostanek spustimo skozi ionsko izmenjevalno smolo (D0WEX ® 5OW-X8 H+) ob uporabi deionizirane vode kot eluenta. Na ninhidrin pozitivne frakcije združimo in uparimo, da dobimo 3-amino-2hidroksi-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 214-215° (razp.) 31P-NMR: ό = +30,9 ppm (D20).0.5 g of ethyl 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate are dissolved in 5 ml of ethanol and this solution is added to a solution of 0.14 g of sodium hydroxide in 2 ml of water. This mixture was then heated to 60 ° C for 3 hours, cooled to room temperature and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily residue was passed through an ion exchange resin (D0WEX ® 5OW-X8 H + ) using deionized water as eluent. The ninhydrin-positive fractions were combined and evaporated to give 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 214-215 ° (dec.) 31 P-NMR: ό = + 30.9 ppm (D 2 0).

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo takole:The starting material can be prepared as follows:

K raztopini 25,0 g etil (trimetilsilil)dietoksimetilfosfonita v 200 ml suhega tetrahidrofurana dodamo 19,2 gTo a solution of 25.0 g of ethyl (trimethylsilyl) diethoxymethylphosphonite in 200 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran was added 19.2 g

2,3-epoksipropilftalimida pod atmosfero dušika. Tej zmesi dodamo med mešanjem katalitsko količino suhega cinkovega klorida in zmes nato refluktiramo 2 uri. Po ohlajenju topilo uparimo pod znižanim tlakom, ostanek raztopimo v 100 ml kloroforma in ga 0,5 ure močno mešamo s 50 ml vode. Organski sloj ločimo, posušimo nad magnezijevim sulfatom in topilo odstranimo pod znižanim tlakom. Ostanek segrevamo pri tlaku 6 Pa na 100° 1 uro, da preostane kot oljnat ostanek etil 2-hidroksi-3-ftalimido-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinat, P-NMR: <5= +42,0 in +41,6 ppm (CDCl^).2,3-epoxypropylphthalimide under a nitrogen atmosphere. A catalytic amount of dry zinc chloride was added to this mixture while stirring, and the mixture was then refluxed for 2 hours. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue dissolved in 100 ml of chloroform and stirred vigorously for 50 hours with 50 ml of water. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was heated at 6 Pa at 100 ° for 1 hour to leave as an oily residue ethyl 2-hydroxy-3-phthalimido-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate, P-NMR: <5 = +42.0 and +41.6 ppm ( CDCl ^).

K raztopini 1,0 g etil 2-hidroksi-3-ftalimidopropil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata v 23 ml izopropanola dodamo 4 ml vode. Tej zmesi dodamo 0,47 g natrijevega borohidrida in mešamo 24 ur pri sobni temperaturi. Po tem času previdno dodamo 2,6 ml ledne ocetne kisline in reakcijsko zmes segrevamo 2 uri na 80°. Po tem času rekacijsko zmes ohladimo na sobno temperaturo, topilo uparimo pod znižanim tlakom in ostanek spustimo skozi kolono s kremenico ob uporabi zmesi enega dela etil acetata in enega dela etanola kot eluenta. Kot brezbarvno olje dobimo etil 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinat, 31P = +45,8 in +45,2 ppm (CDCl^).To a solution of 1.0 g of ethyl 2-hydroxy-3-phthalimidopropyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate in 23 ml of isopropanol was added 4 ml of water. 0.47 g of sodium borohydride was added to this mixture and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After this time, 2.6 ml of glacial acetic acid is carefully added and the reaction mixture is heated to 80 ° for 2 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was passed through a silica column using a mixture of one part ethyl acetate and one part ethanol as eluent. Ethyl 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate, 31 P = +45.8 and +45.2 ppm (CDCl2) was obtained as a colorless oil.

PRIMER 3:EXAMPLE 3:

Raztopino 6,7 g 3-(benziloksikarbonilamino)propil(n-butil)fosfinske kisline v 125 ml 36 %-ne klorovodikove kisline segrevamo pod refluksom 1,5 ure. Zmes uparimo do olja in olje souparimo z vodo (2 x 50 ml), da dobimo belo trdno snov. To trdno snov nato raztopimo v 50 ml suhega metanola, dodamo 1 do 3 ml propilen oksida in raztopino mešamo pri sobni temperaturi. Oborjeni produkt zberemo s filtracijo in posušimo, da dobimo 3-aminopropil(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 231-234° (razp.), 31P-NMR: c) = +44,6 ppm (d2o).A solution of 6.7 g of 3- (benzyloxycarbonylamino) propyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid in 125 ml of 36% hydrochloric acid was refluxed for 1.5 hours. The mixture was evaporated to an oil and the oil was co-evaporated with water (2 x 50 ml) to give a white solid. This solid was then dissolved in 50 ml of dry methanol, 1 to 3 ml of propylene oxide was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature. The precipitated product was collected by filtration and dried to give 3-aminopropyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 231-234 ° (dec.), 31 P-NMR: c) = +44.6 ppm (d 2 o).

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo takole:The starting material can be prepared as follows:

Raztopino 5,0 g 3-aminopropilfosfinske kisline v 200 ml vode ohladimo na 5° in pH naravnamo z 2 molarno raztopino natrijevega hidroksida na 9,5. Tej zmesi dodamoA solution of 5.0 g of 3-aminopropylphosphinic acid in 200 ml of water was cooled to 5 ° and the pH was adjusted to 9.5 with 2 molar sodium hydroxide solution. To this mixture was added

6,8 g benzil kloroformata, pri čemer vzdržujemo pH in temperaturo. Ko je dodajanje končano, mešamo zmes 3 ure pri pH 9,5 pri sobni temperaturi in jo pustimo stati preko noči. Zmes nato ekstrahiramo s 100 ml etra in vodni sloj mešamo pri 5° z enakim volumnom kloroforma. Zmes nakisamo na pH 2, kloroformski sloj ločimo, posušimo nad magnezijevim sulfatom in topilo uparimo pod znižanim tlakom. Oljnati produkt trituriramo z etrom, da dobimo belo trdno snov, 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaraino)propilfosfinsko kislino, tal. 53-55°, 3Y-NMR: <S = +36,6 ppm (CDCl^).6.8 g of benzyl chloroformate while maintaining pH and temperature. When the addition is complete, the mixture is stirred for 3 hours at pH 9.5 at room temperature and allowed to stand overnight. The mixture was then extracted with 100 ml of ether and the aqueous layer was stirred at 5 ° with an equal volume of chloroform. The mixture was acidified to pH 2, the chloroform layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily product was triturated with ether to give a white solid, 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonyl) propylphosphinic acid, m.p. 53-55 °, 3 Y-NMR: <S = + 36.6 ppm (CDCl 2).

K raztopini 3,0 g 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilamino)propilfosfinske kisline v 50 ml suhega tetrahidrofurana dodamo 2,3 g trietilamina. To zmes mešamo pod atmosfero dušika 0,5 ure in nato dodamo 2,5 g trimetilklorosilana. To raztopino mešamo 1 uro in med tem časom se tvori oborina. Po tem času dodamo 7,6 g 1-bromobutana in reakcijsko zmes refluktiramo 24 ur. Zmes nato pustimo ohladiti na sobno temperaturo, dodamo 50 ml vode in vse skupaj mešamo 1 uro. Zmes ekstrahiramo z 200 ml kloroforma, organski sloj posušimo nad magnezijevim sulfatom In topilo uparimo pod znižanim tlakom. Oljnati produkt trituriramo z etrom da dobimo belo trdno snov, ki je 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilamino)-propil(n-butil)fosfinska kislina, tal. 116-118°, 3^P = +58,6 ppm (CDCl^).To a solution of 3.0 g of 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylamino) propylphosphinic acid in 50 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran was added 2.3 g of triethylamine. This mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 0.5 hours and then 2.5 g of trimethylchlorosilane were added. This solution was stirred for 1 hour and a precipitate formed during this time. After this time, 7.6 g of 1-bromobutane were added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 24 hours. The mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature, 50 ml of water was added and the whole was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was extracted with 200 ml of chloroform, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily product was triturated with ether to give a white solid, which is 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylamino) -propyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 116-118 °, 3 ^ P = +58.6 ppm (CDCl 2).

PRIMER 4EXAMPLE 4

Raztopino 3,3 g litijevega hidroksida monohidrata v 40 ml vode dodamo k raztopini 20 g etil 3-aminopropil(dietoksi metil)fosfinata v 75 ml etanola. Zmes mešamo in dodamo še okoli 25 ml vode, da dobimo bistro raztopino. Raztopino mešamo pri sobni temperaturi, dokler reakcija po okoli 48 31 urah ni končana. To lahko spremljamo z P-NMR. Nato raztopino uparimo, da dobimo motno olje, ki mu dodamo 50 ml etanola. Netopno anorgansko trdno snov odstranimo s filtracijo in filtrat uparimo. Preostali oljnati produkt, ki vsebuje malo trdne snovi, trituriramo z acetonom in nastalo trdno snov odfiltriramo 3*P NMR: <5= 33,98 ppm; D20).A solution of 3.3 g of lithium hydroxide monohydrate in 40 ml of water was added to a solution of 20 g of ethyl 3-aminopropyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate in 75 ml of ethanol. The mixture was stirred and about 25 ml of water was added to give a clear solution. The solution was stirred at room temperature until the reaction was complete after about 48-31 hours. This can be monitored by P-NMR. The solution was then evaporated to give a cloudy oil, to which 50 ml of ethanol was added. The insoluble inorganic solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residual oily product containing a little solid was triturated with acetone and the resulting solid filtered off with 3 * P NMR: <5 = 33.98 ppm; D 2 0).

Dobljeni filtrat uparimo in ponovno trituriramo z malo acetona, da dobimo drugi pridelek produkta. Oba pridelka združimo in raztopimo v vodi. Raztopino koncentriramo in ekstrahiramo s kloroformom, da odstranimo sledove izhodnega materiala, nato jo obdelamo z ogljem. Raztopino filtriramo, da odstranimo oglje, in uparimo na majhen volumen. Ta surovi produkt nato kromatografiramo na ionskem izmenjevalcu (DOWE)!® 50W-X8 H+ oblika) ob uporabi deionizirane vode kot eluenta. Zberemo frakcije po 150 ml. Frakcija 44 in sledeče frakcije vsebujejo 3-aminopropil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, ki jo dobimo po uparjenju v čisti obliki, tal. 209-210° (razp.).The resulting filtrate was evaporated and triturated again with a little acetone to give a second crop of the product. Both crops are combined and dissolved in water. The solution was concentrated and extracted with chloroform to remove traces of starting material, then treated with charcoal. The solution is filtered to remove charcoal and evaporated to low volume. This crude product is then chromatographed on an ion exchanger (DOWE! ® 50W-X8 H + form) using deionized water as eluent. Collect fractions of 150 ml. Fraction 44 and the following fractions contain 3-aminopropyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid, which is obtained after evaporation in pure form, m.p. 209-210 ° (dec.).

50PRIMER 550 EXAMPLE 5

K raztopini 8,0 g izopropil 3-aminopropil(t-butil)fosfinata v 80 ml kloroforma dodamo 11,7 ml triraetilsililbromida. Reakcijsko zmes mešamo 4 ure pri 50° in nato preko noči pri sobni temperaturi. Odstranitev kloroforma in prebitka trimetilsililbromida pod znižanim tlakom da olje, ki ga prevzamemo v etanolu. Dodamo propilen oksid in belo trdno snov odfiltriramo in posušimo nad fosforjevim pentoksidom, da dobimo 3-aminopropil(t-butil)-fosfinsko kislino x 0,15 H20, tal. 253-255°.To a solution of 8.0 g of isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (t-butyl) phosphinate in 80 ml of chloroform was added 11.7 ml of triraethylsilyl bromide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 50 ° C and then overnight at room temperature. Removal of chloroform and excess trimethylsilyl bromide under reduced pressure give an oil which is taken up in ethanol. Propylene oxide was added and the white solid was filtered off and dried over phosphorus pentoxide to give 3-aminopropyl (t-butyl) -phosphinic acid x 0.15 H 2 0, m.p. 253-255 °.

Izhodni material pripravimo takole:The starting material is prepared as follows:

Zmes 24,7 g izopropanola in 17,2 g trietilamina v 35 ml dietiletra dodamo po kapljicah k 30 g t-butildiklorofosfina v 100 ml dietiletra. Temperaturo vzdržujemo med 5 in 10°. Trdno snov odfiltriramo in filtrat uparimo. Surovo olje očistimo z destilacijo, da dobimo izopropilester t-butilfosfonaste kisline! kot olj®» vrel. 82°/2 kPa, n20 = 1,4222.A mixture of 24.7 g of isopropanol and 17.2 g of triethylamine in 35 ml of diethyl ether was added dropwise to 30 g of t-butyldichlorophosphine in 100 ml of diethyl ether. The temperature is maintained between 5 and 10 °. The solid was filtered off and the filtrate was evaporated. The crude oil is purified by distillation to give t-butylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester! as oil® »boil. 82 ° / 2 kPa, n 20 = 1.4222.

ίί

K 15,7 g izopropilestra t-butilfosfonaste kisline v 6,3 ml akrilonitrila dodamo 21 ml natrijevega izopropilata (0,25 molarnega). Po eksotermiČni reakciji (temperatura se dvigne na 100°) suspenzijo filtriramo, filtrat uparimo in ostanek destiliramo, da dobimo izopropil 2-cianoetil(t-butil)fosfinat kot olje, vrel. 121°/8 Pa, n^0 = 1,4480.To 15.7 g of t-butylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester in 6.3 ml of acrylonitrile was added 21 ml of sodium isopropylate (0.25 molar). After the exothermic reaction (the temperature rises to 100 °), the suspension is filtered, the filtrate is evaporated and the residue is distilled to give isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (t-butyl) phosphinate as an oil, boiling. 121 ° / 8 Pa, n ^ 0 = 1.4480.

Zmes 11,0 g izopropil 2-cianoetil(t-butil)fosfinata, 17,0 g amoniaka in 1,7 g Raneyevega niklja v 110 ml etanola hidrogeniramo 5 ur. Katalizator odfiltriramo in topiloA mixture of 11.0 g of isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (t-butyl) phosphinate, 17.0 g of ammonia and 1.7 g of Raney nickel in 110 ml of ethanol was hydrogenated for 5 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent

51· odstranimo z uparevanjem. Surovo olje očistimo z destilacijo v krogelni cevi, da dobimo izopropil 3-aminopropil(t-butil)fosfinat kot olje, vrel. 155°/1 Pa, η^θ = 1,4600.51 · Remove by evaporation. The crude oil was purified by distillation in a ball tube to give isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (t-butyl) phosphinate as a boiling oil. 155 ° / 1 Pa, η ^ θ = 1.4600.

PRIMER 6EXAMPLE 6

7,0 g izopropil 3-aminopropil(n-propil)fosfinata in 40 ml 20 %-ne klorovodikove kisline mešamo pri temperaturi refluksa preko noči. Reakcijsko zmes uparimo do suhega, prevzamemo v metanolu in obdelamo s propilen oksidom. Belo trdno snov odfiltriramo in posušimo nad fosforjevim pentoksidom, da dobimo 3-aminopropil-(n-propil)fosfinsko kislino x 0,1 H20 kot bele kristale, tal. 210-213°.7.0 g of isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (n-propyl) phosphinate and 40 ml of 20% hydrochloric acid are stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken up in methanol and treated with propylene oxide. The white solid was filtered off and dried over phosphorus pentoxide to give 3-aminopropyl- (n-propyl) phosphinic acid x 0.1 H 2 O as white crystals, m.p. 210-213 °.

3-aminopropil(n-propil)fosfinsko kislino lahko pripravimo tudi iz istega izhodnega materiala s sililiranjem s trimetilsililbromidom in sledečo obdelavo s propilen oksidom v etanolu, tal. 213-215°.3-Aminopropyl (n-propyl) phosphinic acid can also be prepared from the same starting material by silylation with trimethylsilyl bromide and subsequent treatment with propylene oxide in ethanol, m.p. 213-215 °.

Izhodne materiale izopropil 3-aminopropil(n-propil)fosfinat, vrel. 155°/6 Pa, n^° = 1,4571; izopropil 2-cianoetil(n-propil)fosfinat, vrel. 132°/4O Pa, n^0 = 1,4470; in izopropilester n-propilfosfonaste kisline, vrel. 93°/2,8 20 kPa; ηβ = 1,424, pripravimo na podoben način, kot je opisano v prejšnjem primeru, pri čemer izhajamo iz n-propildiklorofosfina.Starting materials isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (n-propyl) phosphinate, ref. 155 ° / 6 Pa, n ^ ° = 1.4571; isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (n-propyl) phosphinate, ref. 132 ° / 4O Pa, n ^ 0 = 1.4470; and n-propylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester, ref. 93 ° / 2.8 20 kPa; η β = 1,424, was prepared in a similar manner as described in the previous example, starting from n-propyldichlorophosphine.

PRIMER 7EXAMPLE 7

Zmes 7,73 g izopropil 3-aminopropil(etil)fosfinata in 40 ml 20 %-ne klorovodikove kisline refluktiramo med mešanjem 14 ur. Bistro raztopino uparimo do suhega in ostanek prekristaliziramo iz metanola/propilenoksida, da dobimo 3-aminopropil(etil)fosfinsko kislino kot belo trdno snov, tal. 233-239°; 1H-NMR (D20): 0,4-1,8 (m, 9H, PCH2CH2 inA mixture of 7.73 g of isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (ethyl) phosphinate and 40 ml of 20% hydrochloric acid was refluxed for 14 hours. The clear solution was evaporated to dryness and the residue was recrystallized from methanol / propylene oxide to give 3-aminopropyl (ethyl) phosphinic acid as a white solid, m.p. 233-239 °; 1 H-NMR (D 2 O): 0.4-1.8 (m, 9H, PCH 2 CH 2 in

PCH2CH3); 2,7 (t, 2H, NCH2); 4,55 (s, 3H, OH, NHg).PCH 2 CH 3 ); 2.7 (t, 2H, NCH 2 ); 4.55 (s, 3H, OH, NHg).

Izhodne materiale pripravimo takole:The starting materials are prepared as follows:

K raztopini 262 g etildiklorofosfina v 1200 ml dietiletra dodamo med mešanjem in hlajenjem z ledom pri 5 do 10° raztopino 370 ml izopropanola in 280 ml trietilamina v 400 ml dietiletra. Reakcija je eksotermična. Po 12-urnem mešanju pri 20° odfiltriramo belo oborino in filtrat frakcionirano destiliramo. · Dobimo izopropilester etilfosfonaste kisline, kot brezbarvno tekočino, vrel. 80 do 85°/26 kPa.To a solution of 262 g of ethyldichlorophosphine in 1200 ml of diethyl ether, a solution of 370 ml of isopropanol and 280 ml of triethylamine in 400 ml of diethyl ether was added while stirring and cooling with ice at 5 to 10 °. The reaction is exothermic. After stirring at 20 ° for 12 hours, the white precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was fractionally distilled. · Ethylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester is obtained as a colorless liquid, boiling. 80 to 85 ° / 26 kPa.

K 34 g izopropilestra etilfosfonaste kisline in 16,45 ml akrilonitrila dodamo med mešanjem 40 ml izopropanola, ki vsebuje 0,25 mola natrijevega izopropilata. Reakcija je eksotermična. Po 1-urnem mešanju pri 20° zmes frakcioniramo. Dobimo izopropil 2-cianoetil(etil)fosfinat kot brezbarvno olje, vrel. 102-104°/10 Pa.To 34 g of ethylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester and 16.45 ml of acrylonitrile are added while stirring 40 ml of isopropanol containing 0.25 mol of sodium isopropylate. The reaction is exothermic. After stirring at 20 ° for 1 hour, the mixture was fractionated. Isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (ethyl) phosphinate is obtained as a colorless oil, boiling. 102-104 ° / 10 Pa.

K 34,1 g izopropil 2-cianoetil(etil)fosfinata v 500 ml izopropanola dodamo 60 ml tekočega amoniaka in 6,8 g Raneyevega niklja. Zmes segrejemo na 80° in obdelamo z vodikom pri 100 bar. Po 1 1/2 ure privzem vodika poneha.To 34.1 g of isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (ethyl) phosphinate in 500 ml of isopropanol was added 60 ml of liquid ammonia and 6.8 g of Raney nickel. The mixture was heated to 80 ° and treated with hydrogen at 100 bar. After 1 1/2 hours, the hydrogen uptake stopped.

Reakcijsko zmes filtriramo in filtrat destiliramo, da dobimo izopropil 3-aminopropil(etil)fosfinat kot brezbarvno olje, vrel. 75°/13 Pa.The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate distilled to give isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (ethyl) phosphinate as a colorless oil, boiling. 75 ° / 13 Pa.

PRIMER 8EXAMPLE 8

Zmes 14,76 g (0,12 mola) 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline in 96,72 g (0,6 mola) heksametildisilazana refluktiramo pod atmosfero argona med mešanjem 16 ur, da nastane raztopina Tej raztopini dodamo pri refluksu 60 ml dietilenglikol dimetiletra in raztopino refluktiramo še 2 uri.A mixture of 14.76 g (0.12 mol) of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid and 96.72 g (0.6 mol) of hexamethyldisilazane was refluxed under argon under stirring for 16 hours to form a solution. To this solution was added 60 ml of diethylene glycol dimethylether and reflux. reflux for another 2 hours.

Reakcijsko zmes ohladimo na 120° in dodamo v teku 20 minut 58,75 g (0,3 mola) N-etil-diizopropil-amina, čemur sledi dodatek 54,06 g (0,3 mola) izobutil jodida v teku 20 minut. Reakcijsko zmes segrevamo med mešanjem 22 ur. Po ohlajenju na 10° belo oborino odfiltriramo in filtrat uparimo pod zmanjšanim tlakom. Bistro raztopino ohladimo, razredčimo z diklorometanom (300 ml) in ekstrahiramo trikrat z 2 N klorovodikovo kislino (3 x 100 ml). Združene ekstrakte v klorovodikovi kislini uparimo v vakuumu do suhega in ponovno uparimo dvakrat z vodo (2 x 100 ml), da dobimo belo trdno snov, ki jo suspendiramo v 600 ml acetona in mešamo 1 uro pri 20°. Hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(izobutil)fosfinske kisline (25,3 g), tal. 149° do 155°, izoliramo s filtracijo.The reaction mixture was cooled to 120 ° and 58.75 g (0.3 mol) of N-ethyl-diisopropyl-amine was added over 20 minutes, followed by the addition of 54.06 g (0.3 mol) of isobutyl iodide over 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated under stirring for 22 hours. After cooling to 10 °, the white precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The clear solution was cooled, diluted with dichloromethane (300 ml) and extracted three times with 2 N hydrochloric acid (3 x 100 ml). The combined extracts in hydrochloric acid were evaporated in vacuo to dryness and re-evaporated twice with water (2 x 100 ml) to give a white solid which was suspended in 600 ml of acetone and stirred for 1 hour at 20 °. 3-Aminopropyl (isobutyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride (25.3 g), m.p. 149 ° to 155 °, isolated by filtration.

Po prekristalizaciji iz n-propanola/acetona (200/100 ml) dobimo čisti hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(izobutil) fosfinske kisline s tal. 154 -156°. 15,4 g hidroklorida 3-amino propil(izobutil)fosfinske kisline raztopimo v 75 ml metanola in med mešanjem dodamo 300 ml propilenoksida. Po stanju preko noči pri 4° se obori bela trdna snov.Recrystallization from n-propanol / acetone (200/100 ml) gave the pure hydrochloride of 3-aminopropyl (isobutyl) phosphinic acid from m.p. 154 -156 °. 15.4 g of 3-amino propyl (isobutyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride are dissolved in 75 ml of methanol and 300 ml of propylene oxide are added while stirring. The white solid precipitates overnight at 4 °.

Oborino zberemo s filtracijo in prekristaliziramo iz n-propanola, da dobimo čisto 3-aminopropil(izobutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 250-253° (razp.).The precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from n-propanol to give pure 3-aminopropyl (isobutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 250-253 ° (dec.).

PRIMER 9Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z n-bromoheksanom pri 130°, 22 ur, 3-aminopropil(n-heksil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 242-246°, hidroklorid, tal. 196-198°.EXAMPLE 9Analogously as described in Example 8, 3-aminopropyl (n-hexyl) phosphinic acid was obtained with n-bromohexane at 130 ° for 22 hours. 242-246 °, hydrochloride, m.p. 196-198 °.

PRIMER 10EXAMPLE 10

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z alilbromidom pri 60°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(alil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 230-234° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 140-142°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, by reaction with allyl bromide at 60 °, for 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (allyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 230-234 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 140-142 °.

PRIMER 1-1EXAMPLE 1-1

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z n-bromopentanom pri 120°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(npentil) fosfinsko kislino, tal. 232-236°, hidroklorid: tal. 192-194°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with n-bromopentane at 120 °, for 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (npentyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 232-236 °, hydrochloride: m.p. 192-194 °.

PRIMER 12EXAMPLE 12

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z n-bromoheptanom pri 120°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(nheptil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 232-236° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 190-192°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with n-bromoheptane at 120 °, 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (nheptyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 232-236 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 190-192 °.

PRIMER 13EXAMPLE 13

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo s 4-bromo-1-butenom pri 95°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(but-3-enil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 215-220°, hidroklorid; tal. 170-172°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with 4-bromo-1-butene at 95 °, 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (but-3-enyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 215-220 °, hydrochloride; m.p. 170-172 °.

PRIMER 1.4EXAMPLE 1.4

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z n-bromodekanom pri 120°, 20 ur,3-aminopropil(n-decil) fosfinsko kislino, tal. 225-230°, hidroklorid: tal. 185-190°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with n-bromodecane at 120 °, for 20 hours, 3-aminopropyl (n-decyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 225-230 °, hydrochloride: m.p. 185-190 °.

PRIMER 15EXAMPLE 15

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 1-bromo-3-metilbutanom pri 120°, 22 ur, 3-aminopropil(izopentil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 238-240° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 159-161°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with 1-bromo-3-methylbutane at 120 °, 22 hours, 3-aminopropyl (isopentyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 238-240 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 159-161 °.

PRIMER 16EXAMPLE 16

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z bromometil-ciklopropanom pri 100°, 22 ur, 3-aminopropil(ciklopropilmetil)fosfinsko kislino x 0, 16 H^O, tal. 235-238° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 144-146°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with bromomethyl-cyclopropane at 100 °, 22 hours, gave 3-aminopropyl (cyclopropylmethyl) phosphinic acid x 0, 16 H 2 O, m.p. 235-238 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 144-146 °.

PRIMER 17EXAMPLE 17

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo 1-metil-2-amino-propilfosfonaste kisline z n-butilbromidom pri 100°, 48 ur, (1-metil-3-aminopropil)(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino x 0,2 H^O, tal.212-215°, hidroklorid: tal.137-139°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction of 1-methyl-2-amino-propylphosphonic acid with n-butyl bromide at 100 ° for 48 hours yields (1-methyl-3-aminopropyl) (n-butyl) phosphinic acid x 0 , 2 H 2 O, mp.212-215 °, hydrochloride: mp.137-139 °.

- 56 PRIMER 18- 56 EXAMPLE 18

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo s 5-jodopent-2-inom pri 60°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(pent-3-inil)fosfinsko kislino x 0,2 H/, tal. 220-224° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 174-176°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 5-iodopent-2-yn at 60 °, 16 hours gave 3-aminopropyl (pent-3-ynyl) phosphinic acid x 0.2 H / m, m.p. 220-224 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 174-176 °.

PRIMER rgEXAMPLE rg

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo s 4-jodobut-1-inom pri 90°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(but3-inil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 214-218°, hidroklorid: tal. 148-150°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by reaction with 4-iodobut-1-yne at 90 °, 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (but3-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 214-218 °, hydrochloride: m.p. 148-150 °.

PRIMER 20EXAMPLE 20

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z (2-bromoetoksi)etanom pri 100°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil (2-etoksietil)fosfinsko kislino x 0,14 ^0, tal. 202-208°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with (2-bromoethoxy) ethane at 100 °, 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (2-ethoxyethyl) phosphinic acid x 0.14 ^ 0, m.p. 202-208 °.

PRIMER 21EXAMPLE 21

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 2-metilbutiljodidom pri 100°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(2-metilbutil)-fosfinsko kislino x 0,1 i^O, tal. 248-254°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 2-methylbutyliodide at 100 °, 16 hours, gave 3-aminopropyl (2-methylbutyl) -phosphinic acid x 0.1 and N, mp. 248-254 °.

2-metilbutiljodid lahko pripravimo takole:2-methylbutyl iodide can be prepared as follows:

17,63 g (0,20 mola) 2-metil-butanona dodamo počasi v teku 20 minut med mešanjem k zmesi 43,3 g (0,227 mola) toluen-p-sulfonilklorida v 20 ml suhega piridina, pri čemer vzdržujemo z zunanjim hlajenjem temperaturo pod 25°.17.63 g (0.20 mol) of 2-methyl-butanone were added slowly over 20 minutes while stirring to a mixture of 43.3 g (0.227 mol) of toluene-p-sulfonyl chloride in 20 ml of dry pyridine, while maintaining by external cooling temperature below 25 °.

Po 2-urnem mešanju pri 20° zmes zlijemo v ledeno vodo in ekstrahiramo z etrom. Etrni sloj nato speremo z 2 N žveplovoAfter stirring at 20 ° for 2 hours, the mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was then washed with 2 N sulfur

- 57 kislino, vodo in nasičeno raztopino natrijevega hidrogenkarbonata. Po sušenju nad natrijevim sulfatom, filtraciji in uparjenju v vakuumu dobimo kot rumeno olje 2-metilbutil toluen-p-sulfonat.- 57 Acid, water and saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, filtration and evaporation in vacuo, 2-methylbutyl toluene-p-sulfonate is obtained as a yellow oil.

45,99 g (0,189 mola) 2-metilbutil toluen-p-sulfonat raztopimo v 290 ml acetona, dodamo pri 20° 34,7 g (0,23 mola) natrijevega jodida in zmes mešamo 2 uri pod refluksom. Po ohlajenju na 0° odstranimo izločeni natrijev toluen-p-sulfo nat s filtracijo in topilo uparimo skozi 15 cm Vigreuxovo kolono pri atmosferskem tlaku. Surovi produkt raztopimo v etru in speremo z 10 %-no raztopino natrijevega tiosulfata, posušimo nad natrijevim sulfatom in odfiltriramo. Uparjenje topila skozi 15 cm Vigreuxovo kolono, ki mu sledi frakcionirana destilacija, da 2-metilbutiljodid; vrel. 93°/200 mbar.45.99 g (0.189 mol) of 2-methylbutyl toluene p-sulfonate were dissolved in 290 ml of acetone, 34.7 g (0.23 mol) of sodium iodide were added at 20 ° and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours under reflux. After cooling to 0 °, the separated sodium toluene-p-sulfo nat is removed by filtration and the solvent is evaporated through a 15 cm Vigreux column at atmospheric pressure. The crude product was dissolved in ether and washed with 10% sodium thiosulphate solution, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. Evaporation of the solvent through a 15 cm Vigreux column followed by fractionated distillation to give 2-methylbutyl iodide; boil. 93 ° / 200 mbar.

PRIMER 22EXAMPLE 22

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 2-etoksipropiljodidom pri 130°, 16 ur, 3-ami'nopropil (3-etoksipropil)-fosfinsko kislino x 0,1 H20, tal. 210-218°; hidroklorid: tal. 161-165°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 2-ethoxypropyliodide at 130 °, 16 hours, gave 3-aminopropyl (3-ethoxypropyl) -phosphinic acid x 0.1 H 2 O, m.p. 210-218 °; hydrochloride: m.p. 161-165 °.

3-etoksipropiljodid lahko pripravimo takole:The 3-ethoxypropyliodide can be prepared as follows:

20,8 g (0,20 mola) 2-etoksipropanola dodamo počasi v teku 20 minut med mešanjem k zmesi 43,3 g (0,227 mola) toluen-p-sulfonilklorida in 20 ml suhega piridina. Temperaturo reakcijske zmesi vzdržujemo z zunanjim hlajenjem pri 20°. Po 2-urnem mešanju pri 20° zmes zlijemo v ledeno vodo in ekstrahiramo z etrom. Etrni sloj speremo z 2 N20.8 g (0.20 mol) of 2-ethoxypropanol was added slowly over 20 minutes while stirring to a mixture of 43.3 g (0.227 mol) of toluene-p-sulfonyl chloride and 20 ml of dry pyridine. The temperature of the reaction mixture was maintained by external cooling at 20 °. After stirring at 20 ° for 2 hours, the mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with 2 N

- 58 žveplovo kislino, z vodo in z nasičeno raztopino natrijevega hidrogenkarbonata. Po sušenju nad natrijevim sulfatom, filtraciji in uparjenju v vakuumu dobimo kot rumeno olje 2-etoksipropil toluen-p-sulfonat.- 58 Sulfuric acid, with water and with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, filtration and evaporation in vacuo, 2-ethoxypropyl toluene-p-sulfonate is obtained as a yellow oil.

Raztopino 51,5 g (0,199 mola) 2-etoksipropil toluen-p-sulfonata in 36,5 g (0,243 mola) natrijevega jodida v 250 ml acetona mešamo pod refluksom 2 uri. Po ohlajenju na 10° odstranimo izločeni natrijev toluen p-sulfonat s filtracijo in topilo uparimo skozi 15 cm Vigreuxovo kolono pri atmosferskem tlaku. Surovi produkt raztopimo v etru in speremo z 10 %-no (mas.) raztopino natrijevega tiosulfata. Sušenje nad natrijevim sulfatom, filtracija in uparjenje topila skozi 15 cm Vigreuxovo kolono, ki mu sledi frakcionirana destilacija, da 3-etoksipropiljodid, vrel. 97°/4O mbar.A solution of 51.5 g (0.199 mol) of 2-ethoxypropyl toluene-p-sulfonate and 36.5 g (0.243 mol) of sodium iodide in 250 ml of acetone was stirred at reflux for 2 hours. After cooling to 10 °, the separated toluene p-sulfonate is removed by filtration and the solvent is evaporated through a 15 cm Vigreux column at atmospheric pressure. The crude product was dissolved in ether and washed with 10% (wt) sodium thiosulphate solution. Drying over sodium sulfate, filtration and evaporation of the solvent through a 15 cm Vigreux column followed by fractional distillation to give 3-ethoxypropyliodide boiling. 97 ° / 4O mbar.

PRIMER 23EXAMPLE 23

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 2-metoksi-propiljodidom pri 115°, 40 ur, 3-aminopropil(3-metoksipropil)fosfinsko kislino x 0,25 t^O, tal. 197-203°, hidroklorid: tal. 146-148°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 2-methoxy-propylodide at 115 °, 40 hours gave 3-aminopropyl (3-methoxypropyl) phosphinic acid x 0.25 t ^ O, m.p. 197-203 °, hydrochloride: m.p. 146-148 °.

PRIMER 24EXAMPLE 24

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 1-bromo-2-butinom pri 90°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(but-2-inil)fosfinsko kislino x 1,2 1^0, tal. 110-115°, hidroklorid: tal. 154-158°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 1-bromo-2-butyn at 90 °, 16 hours, gave 3-aminopropyl (but-2-ynyl) phosphinic acid x 1,2 1 ^ 0, m.p. 110-115 °, hydrochloride: m.p. 154-158 °.

PRIMER 25EXAMPLE 25

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z /2-(2-etoksietoksi)-etil/jodidom 3-aminopropil/2(2-etoksietoksi)etil/fosfinsko kislino x 0,16 ^0, tal. 215 do 225°.Analogous to that described in Example 8, 3-aminopropyl / 2 (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl / phosphinic acid x 0.16 ^ 0, mp is obtained by reaction with (2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) -ethyl) iodide. 215 to 225 °.

PRIMER 26EXAMPLE 26

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8,. dobimo z reakcijo s 4,4,4-trifluorobutiljodidom pri 95°, 16 ur,Analogous to that described in Example 8,. is obtained by reaction with 4,4,4-trifluorobutyliodide at 95 ° for 16 hours,

3-aminopropil(4,4,4-trifluorobutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 237-141° (razp.), hidroklorid: tal. 144-146°.3-Aminopropyl (4,4,4-trifluorobutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 237-141 ° (dec.), Hydrochloride: m.p. 144-146 °.

PRIMER 27EXAMPLE 27

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo z reakcijo z 1-kloro-2-metiltio-etanom pri 100°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil ( 2-me til tioe til ) fosfinsko kislino.Analogous to that described in Example 8, reaction with 1-chloro-2-methylthio-ethane at 100 °, for 16 hours, gave 3-aminopropyl (2-methyl thioethyl) phosphinic acid.

PRIMER 28EXAMPLE 28

Analogno kot Analogous to je opisano is described v v primeru case 8, 8, dobimo z is obtained by reakcijo z metiltiometil reaction with methylthiomethyl kloridom pri chloride at 75 75 θ 1 c , 1b ur, θ 1 c, 1b hours, , 3- , 3- -arainopropil -arainopropyl (metiltiometil)fosfinsko (methylthiomethyl) phosphine kislino. acid. PRIMER 29 EXAMPLE 29 Analogno kot Analogous to je opisano is described v v primeru case 8, 8, dobimo z is obtained by

reakcijo z 2-feniletilbromidom pri 120°, 16 ur, 3-aminopropil(2-feniietil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 265-270°.reaction with 2-phenylethyl bromide at 120 °, 16 hours, 3-aminopropyl (2-phenethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 265-270 °.

PRIMER goEXAMPLE go

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8,. dobimo z reakcijo z metalil kloridom pri 63°, 24 ur, 3-aminopropil60 (2-metilalil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 140-143°.Analogous to that described in Example 8,. is obtained by reaction with methylyl chloride at 63 °, 24 hours, 3-aminopropyl60 (2-methylallyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 140-143 °.

PRIMER 31EXAMPLE 31

Raztopino 2,4 g 3-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil(dodecil )fosfinske kisline v 50 ml 36 %-ne klorovodikove kisline refluktiramo 3 ure. Med tem časom se tvori bela oborina. Po ohlajenju na sobno temperaturo odstranimo kislino s souparevanjem s 6 x 50 ml vode na rotacijskem uparjalniku.A solution of 2.4 g of 3-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl (dodecyl) phosphinic acid in 50 ml of 36% hydrochloric acid was refluxed for 3 hours. During this time a white precipitate forms. After cooling to room temperature, the acid is removed by evaporation with 6 x 50 ml of water on a rotary evaporator.

Surovi produkt nato raztopimo v 50 ml etanola in mešamo s 5 ml propilenoksida. Filtracija in sušenje da 3-aminopropil(dodecil)fosfinsko kislino kot belo trdno snov, tal. 175-177°. 31P-NMR = 43,0 ppm (NaOD).The crude product was then dissolved in 50 ml of ethanol and mixed with 5 ml of propylene oxide. Filtration and drying gave 3-aminopropyl (dodecyl) phosphinic acid as a white solid, m.p. 175-177 °. 31 P-NMR = 43.0 ppm (NaOD).

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo takole:The starting material can be prepared as follows:

Raztopino 1,30 g dodecena v 6 ml suhega toluena segrejemo pod atmosfero argona na 80°. Tej raztopini dodamo v teku 15 minut suspenzijo 2,0 g 3-benziloksikarbonilaminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 30 ml suhega toluena, ki vsebuje 0,6 g t-butilcikloheksilperdikarbonata. Reakcijsko zmes nato mešamo pri 80° 2 uri. Dodamo dodatno količino 0,6 g radikalsk ga iniciatorja in nadaljujemo z mešanjem pri 80° še 2 uri. Nato reakcijsko zmes ohladimo na sobno temperaturo in topilo odstranimo z rotacijskim uparjalnikom. Ostanek trituriramo s petrol etrom (60-80°), filtriramo in posušimo, da dobimo 3-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil(dodecil)fosfinsko kislino kot belo trdno snov, tal. 115-116°; ^1P-NMR: S = +58,7 ppm (CDCl^) PRIMERA solution of 1.30 g added in 6 ml of dry toluene was heated under an argon atmosphere to 80 °. A suspension of 2.0 g of 3-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropylphosphonic acid in 30 ml of dry toluene containing 0.6 g of t-butylcyclohexylperdicarbonate was added to this solution over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 80 ° for 2 hours. An additional 0.6 g of radical initiator is added and stirring is continued at 80 ° for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed with a rotary evaporator. The residue was triturated with petroleum ether (60-80 °), filtered and dried to give 3-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl (dodecyl) phosphinic acid as a white solid, m.p. 115-116 °; 1 P-NMR: S = +58.7 ppm (CDCl 2) EXAMPLE

K raztopini 5,7 g (0,0224 mola) izopropil 3-aminopropil(benzil)fosfinata v 50 ml kloroforma dodamo 9,91 mlTo a solution of 5.7 g (0.0224 mol) of isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (benzyl) phosphinate in 50 ml of chloroform was added 9.91 ml

61(0,0922 mola) trimetilsililbromida, pri čemer se dvigne temperatura na 44°. Reakcijsko zmes mešamo 4 ure pri 50° in nato preko noči pri sobni temperaturi. Po odstranjenju kloroforma in prebitka trimetilsililbromida pod znižanim tlakom dobimo olje, ki ga prevzamemo v izopropanolu in 20 ml propilenoksida. Po 10-minutnem mešanju se obori bela trdna snov. Trdno snov odfiltriramo in posušimo nad fosforjevim pentoksidom, da dobimo 3-arainopropil(benzil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 278-280°.61 (0.0922 mol) of trimethylsilyl bromide, raising the temperature to 44 °. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 50 ° C and then overnight at room temperature. Removal of chloroform and excess trimethylsilyl bromide under reduced pressure yielded an oil which was taken up in isopropanol and 20 ml of propylene oxide. After stirring for 10 minutes, a white solid precipitates. The solid was filtered off and dried over phosphorus pentoxide to give 3-arainopropyl (benzyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 278-280 °.

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo iz benzil-dikloro fosfina preko izopropilestra benzilfosfonaste kisline, vrel. 113° (1 rnbar), izopropil 2-cianoetil(benzil)fosfinata, tal. 69-72°, in izopropil 3-aminopropil(benzil)fosfinata, vrel. 113° (1 rnbar).The starting material can be prepared from benzyl dichloro phosphine via benzylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester, boiling point. 113 ° (1 rbar), isopropyl 2-cyanoethyl (benzyl) phosphinate, m.p. 69-72 °, and isopropyl 3-aminopropyl (benzyl) phosphinate, ref. 113 ° (1 rnbar).

PRIMER 33EXAMPLE 33

Suspenzijo 1,23 g (10 mmolov) 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 10,4 ml (50 mmolov) heksametildisilazana segrevamo do refluksa pod argonom 24 ur. Dobljeni bistri raztopini dodamo 5 ml dietilen glikol dimetil etra in zmes segrevamo še 2 uri in nato ohladimo na 0°. Dodamo 8,5 ml (50 mmolov) N-etil-N,N-diizopropil-amina, čemur sledi počasno dodajanje 3,8 ml (50 mmolov) propargilbromida v teku 40 minut. Zmes mešamo 1 uro pri 0° in 4 ure pri sobni temperaturi filtriramo in uparimo pod visokim vakuumom. Ostanek raztopimo v 10 ml diklorometana in ekstrahiramo s 3 x 10 ml raztopine 1 N klorovodikove kisline. Vodni sloj uparimo pod visokim vakuumom in dobljeni ostanek raztopimo v 4 ml metanola priA suspension of 1.23 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid in 10.4 ml (50 mmol) of hexamethyldisilazane was heated to reflux under argon for 24 hours. To the resulting clear solution was added 5 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether and the mixture was heated for 2 hours and then cooled to 0 °. 8.5 ml (50 mmol) of N-ethyl-N, N-diisopropyl-amine are added, followed by the slow addition of 3.8 ml (50 mmol) of propargyl bromide over 40 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 ° and for 4 hours at room temperature filtered and evaporated under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 10 ml of dichloromethane and extracted with 3 x 10 ml of 1 N hydrochloric acid solution. The aqueous layer was evaporated under high vacuum and the resulting residue was dissolved in 4 ml of methanol at

0°. V teku 1 ure dodamo 20 ml propilen oksida, nakar se obori surovi produkt. Kromatografija (Silicagel Merck 230-400 ASTM, metanol), ki ji sledi prekristalizacija (metanol/eter), da 3-aminopropil(propargil)-fosfinsko kislino, tal. 172-173°.0 °. 20 ml of propylene oxide were added over 1 hour, after which the crude product precipitated. Chromatography (Silicagel Merck 230-400 ASTM, methanol) followed by recrystallization (methanol / ether) to give 3-aminopropyl (propargyl) -phosphinic acid, m.p. 172-173 °.

PRIMER 34EXAMPLE 34

K raztopini 0,90 g (4,0 mmola) 3-aminopropil(dietoksimetil)fosfinske kisline v 10 ml ledne ocetne kisline z 0° dodamo 0,38 ml (4,4 mmola) etan-1,2-ditiola, čemur sledi dodatek 2 ml koncentrirane klorovodikove kisline v teku 5 minut. Zmes pustimo, da se segreje na sobno temperaturo, in jo nato mešamo 18 ur. Po odstranjenju ocetne in klorovodikove kisline pod visokim vakuumom ostanek kromatografiramo (Opti-Up C-j 2 voda) in prekristaliziramo iz metanola, da dobimoTo a solution of 0.90 g (4.0 mmol) of 3-aminopropyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid in 10 ml of glacial acetic acid at 0 ° is added 0.38 ml (4.4 mmol) of ethane-1,2-dithiol, followed by addition of 2 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid over 5 minutes. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then stirred for 18 hours. After removal of acetic and hydrochloric acid under high vacuum, the residue is chromatographed (Opti-Up C-j 2 water) and recrystallized from methanol to give

3-arainopropil(1,3-ditiolan-2-il)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 272-274°.3-Arainopropyl (1,3-dithiolan-2-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 272-274 °.

PRIMER 35K 590 mg (2,20 mmola) litijevega hidroksida monohidrata v 1,1 ml vode dodamo raztopino 2 mmolov etilEXAMPLE 35K 590 mg (2.20 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate in 1.1 ml of water was added a solution of 2 mmol of ethyl

3-aminobutil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata v 2,1 ml etanola in nato 1 ml vode. Zmes mešamo 48 ur pri sobni temperaturi in jo uparimo v vakuumu. Dodamo 3 ml vode, da raztopimo nastalo oborino. Nato počasi dodamo 85 mg 84 (mas) %-ne fosforjeve kisline in suspenzijo mešamo 18 ur pri sobni temperaturi. Po filtraciji oborine skozi Celite, uparjenju do suhega, kromato(R) grafiji (Opti-Up^ 50 %, HgO) in prekristalizaci ji iz etanola dobimo 3-aminobutil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 225-228°3-Aminobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate in 2.1 ml ethanol followed by 1 ml water. The mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature and evaporated in vacuo. Add 3 ml of water to dissolve the resulting precipitate. Then, 85 mg of 84 (wt%) phosphoric acid are slowly added and the suspension is stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. Filtration of the precipitate through Celite, evaporation to dryness, chromatography (R) (Opti-Up ^ 50%, HgO) and recrystallization from ethanol gave 3-aminobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 225-228 °

Izhodni material lahko dobimo takole:The starting material can be obtained as follows:

Zmes 2,7 g etil trimetilsilildietoksimetilfosfonita in 0,7 g metil vinil ketona segrevamo 1 uro na 50° pod atmosfero dušika. Nato dodamo 10 ml vode in zmes mešamo še 30 minut. Ostanek ekstrahiramo trikrat s 50 ml kloroforma, organske faze združimo, posušimo nad magnezijevim sulfatom, filtriramo in uparimo do suhega. Ostanek nato destiliramo, da dobimo etil 3-oksobutil(dietoksimetil)fosfinat, vrel.A mixture of 2.7 g of ethyl trimethylsilyldiethoxymethylphosphonite and 0.7 g of methyl vinyl ketone was heated at 50 ° for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. Then 10 ml of water are added and the mixture is stirred for another 30 minutes. The residue was extracted three times with 50 ml of chloroform, the organic phases were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was then distilled to give ethyl 3-oxobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate, boiling.

130-5° (13,6 mbar)..130-5 ° (13.6 mbar).

Zmes 1,0 g etil 3-oksobutil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata,A mixture of 1.0 g of ethyl 3-oxobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate,

2,85 g amonijevega acetata in 0,16 g natrijevega cianoborohidrida v 20 ml metanola mešamo 2,5 ure. Po stanju preko noči naravnamo pH z 2 N klorovodikovo kislino na pH 5,6.2.85 g of ammonium acetate and 0.16 g of sodium cyanoborohydride in 20 ml of methanol were stirred for 2.5 hours. Adjust the pH overnight with 2 N hydrochloric acid to pH 5.6.

Zmes nato uparimo do suhega. Dodamo 20 ml vode in zmes speremo trikrat z 20 ml dietil etra. Vodni sloj naravnamo s kalijevim hidroksidom na pH 12 in ekstrahiramo štirikrat s 25 ml kloroforma. Organske sloje združimo, posušimo, filtriramo in uparimo do suhega, da dobimo etil 3-aminobutil(dietoksimetil ) fosf inat , 3^P-NMR spectrum: & - +46,0 ppm (CDCl^).The mixture was then evaporated to dryness. 20 ml of water was added and the mixture was washed three times with 20 ml of diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was adjusted with potassium hydroxide to pH 12 and extracted four times with 25 ml of chloroform. The organic layers were combined, dried, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give ethyl 3-aminobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphate, 3 ? P-NMR spectrum:? - +46.0 ppm (CDCl?).

PRIMER 36EXAMPLE 36

Analogno , kot je opisano v primeru 35, dobimo z umilj en jem z litijevim hidroksidom v vodnem etanolu 3-amino-1-(p-kloro fenil)-propil (dietoksimetil)-fosfinsko kislino kot rumeno olje; ΊΗ-ΝΜΠ (CDCl^): 7,2-7,4 (m, 4), 4,1 (d, 1, J = 6,5 Hz), 3,7 (m, 2), 3,6 (m, 2), 3,3 (t, 1 , J = 7,5 Hz), 3,1 (m, 2), 3,0 (m, 4), 2,7 (m, 2), 2,2 (širok, 2) 1,2 (m, 6).Analogous to that described in Example 35, 3-amino-1- (p-chloro phenyl) -propyl (diethoxymethyl) -phosphinic acid as a yellow oil was obtained by soaping with lithium hydroxide in aqueous ethanol; Ί Η-ΝΜΠ (CDCl 2): 7.2-7.4 (m, 4), 4.1 (d, 1, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.7 (m, 2), 3.6 (m, 2), 3.3 (t, 1 , J = 7.5 Hz), 3.1 (m, 2), 3.0 (m, 4), 2.7 (m, 2), 2 , 2 (broad, 2) 1.2 (m, 6).

64Izhodni material, etil 3-amino-1 -(p-klorofenil)propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinat, lahko dobimo tako-le:64. The starting material, ethyl 3-amino-1- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate, can be obtained as follows:

Zmes 25,8 g etil dietoksimetilfosfinata, 18,0 gA mixture of 25.8 g ethyl diethoxymethylphosphinate, 18.0 g

4-klorcinamoil nitrila in 100 ml etanola dodamo po kapljicah pri 0 do 5° med mešanjem k raztopini 1,2 g natrijevega hidrida (50 %-na suspenzija v mineralnem olju) v 30 ml etanola. Nato etanol uparimo, ostanek raztopimo v 100 ml kloroforma in speremo dvakrat s 25 ml vode, organsko fazo posušimo nad magnezijevim sulfatom, filtriramo in uparimo, da dobimo 20 g etil 1-(p-klorofenil)-2-ciano-etil(dietoksimetil)fosfinata kot olje, 31P-NMR: +37,8 in +37,9 ppm (CDC13).4-Chlorocinamoyl nitrile and 100 ml of ethanol were added dropwise at 0 to 5 ° while stirring to a solution of 1.2 g of sodium hydride (50% suspension in mineral oil) in 30 ml of ethanol. Then the ethanol was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in 100 ml of chloroform and washed twice with 25 ml of water, the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give 20 g of ethyl 1- (p-chlorophenyl) -2-cyano-ethyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate as an oil, 31 P-NMR: +37.8 and +37.9 ppm (CDC1 3 ).

Raztopino 20,0 g etil 1-(p-klorofenil)-2-ciano-etil (dietoksimetil)fosfinata v 131 g 8 (mas.) %-ne etanolne raztopine amoniaka mešamo z 8,5 ml Raneyevega niklja v 85 ml etanola in hidrogeniramo, dokler ne poneha privzem vodika. Filtracija in uparjenje da nato etil 3-amino-1-(p-klorofenil)propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinat kot olje.A solution of 20.0 g of ethyl 1- (p-chlorophenyl) -2-cyano-ethyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate in 131 g of 8% w / w ethanol ammonia was mixed with 8.5 ml of Raney nickel in 85 ml of ethanol and hydrogenate until hydrogen uptake has ceased. Filtration and evaporation then gave ethyl 3-amino-1- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinate as an oil.

PRIMER 37EXAMPLE 37

Med mešanjem dodamo k raztopini 0,05 g litijevega hidroksida monohidrata v 7,7 ml vode raztopino 4,37 g etil 3-aminopropil(di-n-propiloksimetil)fosfinata v 16,2 ml etanola. Sledi rahlo eksotermična reakcija in reakcijska zmes postane motna. Dodamo še 2 ml vode in bistro raztopino mešamo pri sobni temperaturi 5 dni. Po tem času koncentriramo zmes v vakuumu pri 55° in ostanek ponovno raztopimo v vodi in ekstrahiramo s 3 x 10 ral diklorometana. Vodni sloj ponovno uparimo do suhega in ostanek raztopimo v 20 ml vode in obdelamo z 0,51 ml 85 %-ne fosforjeve kisline. Po mešanju preko noči odstranimo trdno snov s filtracijo. Uparjenje filtrata in kristalizacija ostanka iz etanola/etra da 3-aminop.ropil(di-n-propiloksimetil) fosfinsko kislino, tal. 223-225°, kot belo trdno snov.While stirring, a solution of 4.37 g of ethyl 3-aminopropyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinate in 16.2 ml of ethanol was added to a solution of 0.05 g of lithium hydroxide monohydrate in 7.7 ml of water. A slightly exothermic reaction follows and the reaction mixture becomes cloudy. Add 2 ml of water and stir the clear solution at room temperature for 5 days. After this time, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo at 55 ° and the residue was redissolved in water and extracted with 3 x 10 acre of dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was re-evaporated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in 20 ml of water and treated with 0.51 ml of 85% phosphoric acid. After stirring overnight, the solid was removed by filtration. Evaporation of the filtrate and crystallization of the residue from ethanol / ether gave 3-aminopropyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 223-225 ° as a white solid.

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo tako-le:The starting material can be prepared as follows:

Zmes 6,6 g hipofosforaste kisline (95 %-na raztopina v vodi) in 86 g tri-n-propil ortoformiata obdelamo z 0,77 ml trifluoroocetne kisline. Dvofazno zmes mešamo pri sobni temperaturi 48 do 72 ur, dokler reakcija ni končana. To 31 lahko spremljamo z P-NMR ali tankoslojno kromatografijo. Reakcijsko zmes razredčimo z 200 ml diklorometana in speremo dvakrat s 150 ml nasičene vodne raztopine natrijevega bikarbonata. Po sušenju diklorometanskega sloja nad brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in odstranjenju topila v vakuumu dobimo brezbarvno olje, ki da po destilaciji, n-propil ester o M di-n-propiloksimetilfosfonaste kisline, vrel. 45 /2 x 10 mbar.A mixture of 6.6 g of hypophosphoric acid (95% solution in water) and 86 g of tri-n-propyl orthoformate was treated with 0.77 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The biphasic mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 to 72 hours until the reaction was complete. This 31 can be monitored by P-NMR or thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture was diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and washed twice with 150 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. After drying the dichloromethane layer over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removing the solvent in vacuo, a colorless oil is obtained which, after distillation, gives the n-propyl ester of M di-n-propyloxymethylphosphonic acid, boiling. 45/2 x 10 mbar.

Raztopino natrijevega etoksida v absolutnem etanolu (0,48 g kovinskega natrija v 15 ml absolutnega etanola) ohladimo na 0° pod dušikom ali argonom. Raztopino 2,72 g akrilonitrila in 12,2 g n-propilestra di-n-propiloksimetilfosfonaste kisline v 50 ml absolutnega etanola dodamo s tako hitrostjo, da temperatura ne preseže 5°. Po končanem dodajanju pustimo, da se raztopina ogreje na sobno temperaturo, in mešamo preko noči. Po dodatku 1 ;22 g ledne ocetne kislineA solution of sodium ethoxide in absolute ethanol (0.48 g of metallic sodium in 15 ml of absolute ethanol) is cooled to 0 ° under nitrogen or argon. A solution of 2.72 g of acrylonitrile and 12.2 g of di-n-propyloxymethylphosphonic acid n-propyl ester in 50 ml of absolute ethanol was added at such a rate that the temperature did not exceed 5 °. After the addition is complete, allow the solution to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. After Appendix 1 ; 22 g of glacial acetic acid

-66koncentriramo reakcijsko zmes v vakuumu. Ostanek porazdelimo med etil acetatom in vodo in organsko fazo ločimo. Po sušenju nad brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom topilo uparimo v vakuumu, da dobimo olje. Kromatografija na Silicagelu da etil 2-cianoetil(di-n-propiloksimetil)fosfinat kot brezbarvno olje.-66 Concentrate the reaction mixture in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic phase separated. After drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent is evaporated in vacuo to give an oil. Silica gel chromatography afforded ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinate as a colorless oil.

Zmes 4,35 g etil 2-cianoetil(di-n-propiloskimetil)fosfinata, 10 g amoniaka in 2,3 g Raneyevega niklja v 170 ml etanola hidrogeniramo 10,5 ure. Katalizator odfiltriramo in in topilo odstranimo z uparjenjem. Surovo olje očistimo z destilacijo, da dobimo etil 3-aminopropil(di-n-propiloksimetil)fosfinat kot brezbarvno olje.A mixture of 4.35 g of ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinate, 10 g of ammonia and 2.3 g of Raney nickel in 170 ml of ethanol was hydrogenated for 10.5 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent was removed by evaporation. The crude oil was purified by distillation to give ethyl 3-aminopropyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinate as a colorless oil.

PRIMER 38EXAMPLE 38

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 37, lahko pripravimo 3-aminopropil(diizopropiloksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 175°C (razp.).Analogous to that described in Example 37, 3-aminopropyl (diisopropyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 175 ° C (dec).

Izhodni materiali: izopropilester diizopropiloksimetilfosfonate kisline, vrel. 48 C, 2 x 10 mbar; etil 2-cianoetil(diizopropiloksimetil )fosfinat in etil 3-aminoppropil(diizopropiloksimetil)fosfinat pripravimo tako, kot je opisano v primeru 37, iz hipofosforaste kisline in triizopropil ortoformiata.Starting materials: diisopropyloxymethylphosphonic acid isopropyl ester, boiling point. 48 C, 2 x 10 mbar; Ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (diisopropyloxymethyl) phosphinate and ethyl 3-aminoppropyl (diisopropyloxymethyl) phosphinate were prepared as described in Example 37 from hypophosphoric acid and triisopropyl orthoformate.

PRIMER 39EXAMPLE 39

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 37, lahko pripravimo 3-aminopropil(di-n-butiloksimetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 221-224°.Analogous to that described in Example 37, 3-aminopropyl (di-n-butyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 221-224 °.

- 67 Izhodni materiali: n-butilester di-n-butiloksimetilo — 4 fosfonaste kisline, vrel. 75 , 2,0 x 15 mbar:, etil 2-cianoetil(di-n-butiloksimetil)fosfinat in etil 3-aminopropil(di-n-butoksimetil)fosfinat pripravimo, kot je opisano v primeru 38, iz hipofosforaste kisline in tri-n-butil ortoformiata.- 67 Starting materials: n-butyl ester di-n-butyloxymethyl - 4 phosphonic acids, boiling point. 75, 2.0 x 15 mbar: ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (di-n-butyloxymethyl) phosphinate and ethyl 3-aminopropyl (di-n-butoxymethyl) phosphinate are prepared as described in Example 38 from hypophosphoric acid and tri- n-butyl orthoformate.

PRIMER 4.QEXAMPLE 4 .Q

Med mešanjem dodamo k raztopini 0,57 g litijevega hidroksida monohidrata v 10 ml vode raztopino 2,0 g etil 3-aminopropil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinata v 20 ml etanola. Sledi rahlo eksotermična reakcija in reakcijska zmes postane motna. Dodamo še 5 ml vode in nato bistro raztopinbo mešamo 3 dni pni sobni temperaturi. Po tem času koncentriramo reakcijsko zmes v vakuumu pri 55°. Ostanek ponovno raztopimo v vodi in speremo s 3 x 10 ral diklorometana. Vodni sloj ponovno uparimo do suhega in ostanek raztopimo v 10 ml vode in obdelamo z 0,65 ml 85 %-ne fosforjeve kisline v 2 ml vode. Po mešanju preko noči odstranimo trdno snov s filtracijo. Uparjenje filtrata in kristalizacijo ostanka iz metanola/etra da 3-aminopropil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 222-223° (razp.), kot belo trdno snov.While stirring, a solution of 2.0 g of ethyl 3-aminopropyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate in 20 ml of ethanol is added to a solution of 0.57 g of lithium hydroxide monohydrate in 10 ml of water. A slightly exothermic reaction follows and the reaction mixture becomes cloudy. Add 5 ml of water and then stir the clear solution for 3 days at room temperature. After this time, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo at 55 °. The residue was redissolved in water and washed with 3 x 10 acre of dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was evaporated again to dryness and the residue was dissolved in 10 ml of water and treated with 0.65 ml of 85% phosphoric acid in 2 ml of water. After stirring overnight, the solid was removed by filtration. Evaporation of the filtrate and crystallization of the residue from methanol / ether gave 3-aminopropyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 222-223 ° (dec.) As a white solid.

Izhodni material lahko pripravimo bodisi iz dietoksimetil- ali dietoksietilfosfonaste kisline tako-le: Raztopino 12,7 g etil estra dietoksimetilfosfonaste kisline in 6,95 g 4-klorobutanala v 10 ml absolutnega etanola ohladimo pod inertnim plinom na 0°. Etanolen natrijev etoksid (iz 1,5 g kovinskega natrija in 20 ml absolutnega etanola) dodamo po kapljicah tako, da se temperatura ne dvigne nad 5°. Po končanem dodajanju segrejemo reakcijsko zmes na sobno temperaturo in mešamo 20 ur. Po tem času nastane suspenzija in topilo odstranimo v vakuumu. Ostanek raztopimo v diklorometanu /vodi in organski sloj ločimo in speremo z nadaljnjimi 20 ml vode. Po sušenju z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in odstranjenju topila v vakuumu dobimo O-etil-P-dietoksimetil_ O tetrahidrofuran-2-il-fosfinat, vrel. 125/1 x 10” mbar.The starting material can be prepared from either diethoxymethyl or diethoxyethylphosphonic acid as follows: A solution of 12.7 g of diethoxymethylphosphonic acid ethyl ester and 6.95 g of 4-chlorobutanal in 10 ml of absolute ethanol is cooled to 0 ° under inert gas. Ethanol ethanol (1.5 g of metallic sodium and 20 ml of absolute ethanol) was added dropwise so that the temperature did not rise above 5 °. After the addition is complete, the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. After this time a suspension is formed and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane / water and the organic layer was separated and washed with a further 20 ml of water. Drying with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removal of the solvent in vacuo gave O-ethyl-β-diethoxymethyl-O tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-phosphinate, boiling. 125/1 x 10 ”mbar.

Suspenzijo 5,32 g O-etil-P-dietoksimetiltetrahidrofuran-2-il-fosfinata v 50 ml 6,0 M vodne klorovodikove kisline^ segrevamo na 100° 16 ur. Po tem času raztopino uparimo do suhega v vakuumu in ostanek souparimo v vakuumu s 5 x 20 ml vode, nato s 5 x 20 ml vode in nato s 5 x 10 ml absolutnega etanola. Sušenje ostanka nad fosforjevim pentoksidom v visokem vakuumu pri sobni temperaturi da P-tetrahidrofuran-2-il-fosfonasto kislino; ^H-NMR (CDClg):<5 11,24 (1 H, s izmenja z D20), 6,97 (1 H, d, J = 557 Mz), 4,07 (1 H, a). 3,90 (2 H, t, CH20), 2,15 (2 H, m), 1,99 (2 H, m).A suspension of 5.32 g of O-ethyl-P-diethoxymethyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl-phosphinate in 50 ml of 6.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid was heated at 100 ° for 16 hours. After this time the solution is evaporated to dryness in vacuo and the residue is co-evaporated in vacuo with 5 x 20 ml of water, then with 5 x 20 ml of water and then with 5 x 10 ml of absolute ethanol. Drying the residue over phosphorus pentoxide in high vacuum at room temperature afforded P-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-phosphonic acid; &Lt; 1 &gt; H-NMR (CDCl3): &lt; 5 &gt; 11.24 (1 H, s alternated with D 2 O), 6.97 (1 H, d, J = 557 Mz), 4.07 (1 H, a). 3.90 (2 H, t, CH 2 O), 2.15 (2 H, m), 1.99 (2 H, m).

Raztopino 2,6 g P-tetrahidrofuran-2-il-fosfonaste kisline v 20 ml brezvodnega diklorometana ohladimo na 5° pod inertnim plinom in obdelamo z 2,03 g trietilamina. Po kapljicah dodamo diklorometansko raztopino 2,17 g etil kloroformiata, nakar sledi eksotermična reakcija in razvijanje plina. Suspenzijo segrejemo na sobno temperaturo in mešamo 3 ure. Reakcijsko zmes nato razredčimo z diklorometanom in speremo z vodo. Sušenje organske faze z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in odstranjenje topila v vakuumu da etil esterA solution of 2.6 g of P-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-phosphonic acid in 20 ml of anhydrous dichloromethane was cooled to 5 ° under an inert gas and treated with 2.03 g of triethylamine. A dichloromethane solution of 2.17 g of ethyl chloroformate was added dropwise, followed by an exothermic reaction and gas evolution. The suspension was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water. Drying the organic phase with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removing the solvent in vacuo gave ethyl ester

- 69 P-tetrahidrofuran-2-ilfosfonaste kisline, vrel. 9O°/8 χ 10 mbar.- 69 P-Tetrahydrofuran-2-ylphosphonic acid, ref. 9 ° / 8 χ 10 mbar.

Zmes 0,68 g akrilonitrila in 2,11 g etil estra tetrahidrofuran-2-il fosfonaste kisline v 5 ml absolutnega etanola ohladimo pod argonom na 0° in po kapljicah obdelamo z etanolno raztopino natrijevega etoksida (iz 0,15 g kovinskega natrija in 15 ml absolutnega etanola) s tako hitrostjo, da temperatura ne preseže 5° (skrajno eksotermično). Ko je dodajanje končano, mešamo reakcijsko zmes pri sobni temperaturi 30 minut in dodamo 0,4 g ledne ocetne kisline. Topilo odstranimo v vakuumu in ostanek porazdelimo med diklorometanom in vodo. Organski sloj posušimo z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo etil 2-cianoetil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinat; ^H-NMR (CDCl^): 3 4,15 (3 H,A mixture of 0.68 g of acrylonitrile and 2.11 g of ethyl tetrahydrofuran-2-yl phosphonic acid ethyl ester in 5 ml of absolute ethanol was cooled to 0 ° under argon and treated dropwise with an ethanolic solution of sodium ethoxide (0.15 g of metallic sodium and 15 ml of absolute ethanol) at such a rate that the temperature does not exceed 5 ° (extreme exothermic). After the addition is complete, the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and 0.4 g of glacial acetic acid are added. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removed in vacuo to give ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate; 1 H-NMR (CDCl 2): δ 4.15 (3 H,

m), 3,90 (2 H, m), 2,72 (2 H, m, CH2CN), 2,34-1,87 (6 H, m), 1,32 (3 H, m, CHp.m), 3.90 (2 H, m), 2.72 (2 H, m, CH 2 CN), 2.34-1.87 (6 H, m), 1.32 (3 H, m; CHp.

Raztopino etil-2-cianoetil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinata v absolutnem etanolu, ki vsebuje 10 mas. % amoniaka, hidrogeniramo nad Raneyevim nikljem 2,5 ure. Katalizator odstranimo s filtracijo in topilo odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo etil-3-aminopropil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinat;Ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate solution in absolute ethanol containing 10% by weight % ammonia, hydrogenated over Raney nickel for 2.5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give ethyl 3-aminopropyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate;

1H-NMR (CDC13):S 4,24 (4 H, m), 3,95 (1 H, m), 2,88 (2 H, se izostri po dodatku D20: CH2NH2), 2,40-1,75 (6 H, m), 1,32 (3 H, t). 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): S 4.24 (4 H, m), 3.95 (1 H, m), 2.88 (2 H, sharpened by the addition of D 2 O: CH 2 NH 2 ) , 2.40-1.75 (6 H, m), 1.32 (3 H, t).

Raztopino 2,10 g etil estra 1,1-dietoksietilfosfonaste kisline in 1,06 g 4-klorobutanala v 10 ml absolutnega etanola ohladimo pod inertnim plinom na 0°. Etanolni natrijevA solution of 2.10 g of 1,1-diethoxyethylphosphonic acid ethyl ester and 1.06 g of 4-chlorobutanal in 10 ml of absolute ethanol is cooled to 0 ° under inert gas. Ethanol sodium

70' etoksid (iz 0,23 g kovinskega natrija in 20 ml absolutnega etanola) dodajamo po kapljicah tako, da temperatura ne preseže 5°. Po končanem dodajaju segrejemo reakcijsko raztopino na sobno temperaturo in mešamo 20 ur. Po tem času nastane suspenzija in topilo odstranimo v vakuumu. Ostanek raztopimo v diklorometanu/vodi in organski sloj ločimo in speremo z nadaljnjimi 20 ml vode. Po sušenju organske faze z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in uparjenju v vakuumu dobimo etil 1, 1-dietoksietiKtetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinat kot bistro olje, vrel. 110°/1 x 10“2 mbar.70 'ethoxide (from 0.23 g of metallic sodium and 20 ml of absolute ethanol) was added dropwise so that the temperature did not exceed 5 °. After complete addition, the reaction solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. After this time a suspension is formed and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane / water and the organic layer was separated and washed with a further 20 ml of water. After drying the organic phase with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporating in vacuo, ethyl 1,1-diethoxyethyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate is obtained as a clear oil, boiling. 110 ° / 1 x 10 “ 2 mbar.

Raztopino 1 g etil 1,1-dietoksietiKtetrahidrofuran2-il)fosfinata v 10 ml diklorometana, ki vsebuje 1 mas. % etanola, obdelamo z 0,71 g trimetilsililklorida. Rahlo motno raztopino mešamo preko noči pri sobni temperaturi, in po tem času pokaže tankoslojna kromatografija konec reakcije. Ostranjenje topila v vakuumu da brezbarvno olje, ki da po destilaciji etil ester P-tetrahidrofuran-2-il-fosfonaste kisline, vrel. 9O°/8 χ 10-2 mbar.A solution of 1 g of ethyl 1,1-diethoxyethyltetrahydrofuran2-yl) phosphinate in 10 ml of dichloromethane containing 1 wt. % ethanol, treated with 0.71 g trimethylsilyl chloride. The slightly cloudy solution was stirred overnight at room temperature, and after that time, thin layer chromatography showed the end of the reaction. Removal of the solvent in vacuo gave a colorless oil which, after distillation, caused the ethyl ester of P-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-phosphonic acid to boil. 9 ° / 8 χ 10 -2 mbar.

Nadaljnja predelava etil estra P-tetrahidrofuran2-il-fosfonaste kisline v etil 2-cianoetil(tetrahidrofuran2-il)fosfinat in etil 3-aminopropil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinat poteka enako,kot je opisano v primeru 41.Further conversion of the P-tetrahydrofuran2-yl-phosphonic acid ethyl ester into ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (tetrahydrofuran2-yl) phosphinate and ethyl 3-aminopropyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinate proceeds as described in Example 41.

PRIMER 41EXAMPLE 41

Suspenzijo 2,46 g 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 20 ml heksametildisilazana segrevamo do refluksa pod inertnim plinom 24 ur. Nastalo bistro raztopino ohladimo na sobno temperaturo in dodamo 14,8 g sveže destiliranega n-butiraldehidaA suspension of 2.46 g of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid in 20 ml of hexamethyldisilazane was heated to reflux under an inert gas for 24 hours. The resulting clear solution was cooled to room temperature and 14.8 g of freshly distilled n-butyraldehyde was added

Sledi eksotermična reakcija in reakcijska temperatura se dvigne na okoli 60°C. Reakcijsko zmes mešamo 1 uro pri temperaturi med 10° in 60°. Po ohlajenju na sobno temperaturo odstranimo hlapne materiale v vakuumu, da dobimo brezbarvno olje. To olje raztopimo v vodi in mešamo pri sobni temperaturi 1 uro in vodni sloj uparimo do suhega pri 55°. Dobimo poltrden ostanek, ki ga raztopimo v 50 ml 2,0 M vodne klorovodikove kisline in speremo z diklorometanom (3 x 100 ml) in etrom (1 x 100 ml). Po odstranjenju vode souparimo belo trdno snov z vodo (10 x 50 ml) in nato z 10 x 50 ml absolutnega etanola. Kristalizacija ostanka iz etanola da hidroklorid 3-aminopropil (l-hidroksibutil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 154 do 160°. Obdelava hidroklorida s propilen oksidom/etanolom ali prehod skozi ionsko izmenjevalno kolono D0We/^ 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh) da kot belo trdno snov 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 187-188°.An exothermic reaction follows and the reaction temperature rises to about 60 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at a temperature between 10 ° and 60 °. After cooling to room temperature, the volatiles are removed in vacuo to give a colorless oil. This oil was dissolved in water and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and the water layer was evaporated to dryness at 55 °. A semi-solid residue was obtained which was dissolved in 50 ml of 2.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and washed with dichloromethane (3 x 100 ml) and ether (1 x 100 ml). After removal of the water, co-evaporate the white solid with water (10 x 50 ml) and then with 10 x 50 ml absolute ethanol. Crystallization of the ethanol residue to give 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride, m.p. 154 to 160 °. Treatment of hydrochloride with propylene oxide / ethanol or passage through an ion exchange column D0We / ^ 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh) gives as a white solid 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 187-188 °.

PRIMER 42EXAMPLE 42

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41, dobimo z enourno reakcijo z izobutiraldehidom pri 40-60° hidroklorid 3-arainopropil (1 -hidroksiizobutil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 105° (razp.) in 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksiizobutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 122-123°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, 3-arainopropyl (1-hydroxyisobutyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride is obtained by one-hour reaction with isobutyraldehyde at 40-60 ° C. 105 ° (dec.) And 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxyisobutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 122-123 °.

PRIMER 43EXAMPLE 43

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41,lahko dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo z acetaldehidom pri 0-15° hidroklorid 3-aminopropi(1-hidroksietil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 153-154°, in 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksietil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 255256°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, a 1-hour reaction with acetaldehyde at 0-15 ° can be obtained with 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxyethyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride, m.p. 153-154 °, and 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxyethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 255256 °.

PRIMER 44EXAMPLE 44

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41,· dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo s sveže destiliranim benzaldehidom pri 40-60° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksibenzil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 173-174°, in 3-arainopropil(1-hidroksibenzil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 139-140°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, · obtained by 1-hour reaction with freshly distilled benzaldehyde at 40-60 ° hydrochloride 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybenzyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 173-174 °, and 3-arainopropyl (1-hydroxybenzyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 139-140 °.

PRIMER 45EXAMPLE 45

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41, dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo s 4, 4,4-trifluorobutanalom · pri 20° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-4,4,4-trifluoro-butil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 139,5-140°, in 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-4,4,4trifluorobutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 226-227°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, obtained by 1-hour reaction with 4,4,4-trifluorobutanal · at 20 ° hydrochloride 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 139.5-140 °, and 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-4,4,4trifluorobutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 226-227 °.

PRIMER 46EXAMPLE 46

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41, dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo z (Z)-2-fluorokrotonaldehidom pri 0° (zelo eksotermično) hidroklorid 3-aminopropil/1-hidroksi-(Z)-2fluoro-but-2-enil/fosfinske kisline, tal. 110-112°, in 3-arainopropil(1-hidroksi-2-fluoro-(Z)but-2-enil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 121-122°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, obtained by 1-hour reaction with (Z) -2-fluorochrotonaldehyde at 0 ° (very exothermic) hydrochloride 3-aminopropyl / 1-hydroxy- (Z) -2fluoro-but-2-enyl / phosphinic acids, m.p. 110-112 °, and 3-arainopropyl (1-hydroxy-2-fluoro- (Z) but-2-enyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 121-122 °.

PRIMER 47EXAMPLE 47

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41 , dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo z 1-formil ciklopropanom pri 20° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-1-ciklopropilmetil)fosfinske kislineAnalogous to that described in Example 41, a 1-hour reaction with 1-formyl cyclopropane at 20 ° gave 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclopropylmethyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride

-73 tal. 135-136°, in 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-1-ciklopropilmetil) fosfinsko kislino, steklo: ^(^H-NMR, D20); 2,90 (3 H, d in t, CHOH, CH2NH2), 1,77 (4 H, m), 0,89 (2 H, m, CH), 0,49 (2 H, m, CH2), 0,22 (2 H, m, CH2).-73 tal. 135-136 °, and 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclopropylmethyl) phosphinic acid, glass: N (1 H-NMR, D 2 O); 2.90 (3 H, d and t, CHOH, CH 2 NH 2 ), 1.77 (4 H, m), 0.89 (2 H, m, CH), 0.49 (2 H, m, CH 2 ), 0.22 (2 H, m, CH 2 ).

PRIMER 48EXAMPLE 48

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41 , dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo z 1-formil-1-metiltiociklopropanom pri 40-60° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil/1-hidroksi-1-(2-metiltiociklopropil)metil/fosfinske kisline, tal. 100° (razp.), in 3-aminopropil/1-hidroksi-1 -(2-metilf iociklopropil)metil/fosfin sko kislino, tal. 105-106°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, obtained by 1-hour reaction with 1-formyl-1-methylthiocyclopropane at 40-60 ° 3-aminopropyl / 1-hydroxy-1- (2-methylthiocyclopropyl) methyl / phosphinic acid hydrochloride, m.p. 100 ° (dec.), And 3-aminopropyl / 1-hydroxy-1- (2-methylcyclopropyl) methyl / phosphinic acid, m.p. 105-106 °.

PRIMER 49EXAMPLE 49

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 41, dobimo z 1-urno reakcijo z 1-formilciklobutanora pri 40-60° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-1-ciklobutilmetil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 167-168°, in 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksi-1-ciklobutilmetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 225-226°.Analogous to that described in Example 41, a 1-hour reaction with 1-formylcyclobutanor at 40-60 ° was obtained with 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclobutylmethyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride, m.p. 167-168 °, and 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclobutylmethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 225-226 °.

PRIMER 50EXAMPLE 50

Suspenzijo 2,46 g 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 20 ml heksametildisilazana segrevamo do refluksa pod inertnim plinom 24 ur, nakar dobimo bistro raztopino. Prebitni heksametildisilazan odstranimo z destilacijo pri atmosferskem tlaku pod rahlo pozitivnim tlakom inertnega plina, da dobimo brezbarvno olje. Olje ohladimo na okoli 40° in obdelamo z 0,64 g brezvodnega cinkovega jodida in 25 ml 1,2-epoksibutana . Pojavi se eksotermična reakcija in epoksibutan refluktira. ZA suspension of 2.46 g of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid in 20 ml of hexamethyldisilazane was heated to reflux under an inert gas for 24 hours, then a clear solution was obtained. Excess hexamethyldisilazane is removed by distillation at atmospheric pressure under a slightly positive pressure of an inert gas to give a colorless oil. The oil was cooled to about 40 ° and treated with 0.64 g of anhydrous zinc iodide and 25 ml of 1,2-epoxybutane. An exothermic reaction occurs and epoxybutane refluxes. Z

- 74 refluksom nadaljujemo še 6 ur in po tem času kaže tankoslojna kromatografija, da je reakcija končana. Reakcijsko zmes filtriramo in filtrat uparimo do suhega v vakuumu pri 40°. Ostanek raztopimo v vodi in mešamo pri sobni temperaturi 1 uro in vodo odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo oljnato trdno snov. To raztopimo v nekaj 2,0 M vodne klorovodikove kisline in speremo z diklorometanom in etrom. Odstranjenje vode pri 40° v vakuumu da rjavo trdno snov, ki jo očistimo z ionsko izmenjevalno kromatografijo na DOWe/^ 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh), da dobimo 3-aminopropil(-2-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 184-185°, kot belo trdno snov.- 74 reflux was continued for 6 hours and after that time thin-layer chromatography indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness in vacuo at 40 °. The residue was dissolved in water and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and the water removed in vacuo to give an oily solid. This was dissolved in some 2.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and washed with dichloromethane and ether. Removal of water at 40 ° in vacuo afforded a brown solid which was purified by ion exchange chromatography on DOWe / 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh) to give 3-aminopropyl (-2-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 184-185 ° as a white solid.

PRIMER 51EXAMPLE 51

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 50, dobimo z reakcijo z (R)-(-)-1,2-epoksi-3-metilbutanom pri 70° 3-aminopropil /2-(r)-hidroksi-3-metilbutil/fosfinsko kislino, tal. 187-189°.Analogous to that described in Example 50, obtained by reaction with (R) - (-) - 1,2-epoxy-3-methylbutane at 70 ° 3-aminopropyl / 2- (r) -hydroxy-3-methylbutyl / phosphinic acid , tal. 187-189 °.

PRIMER 52EXAMPLE 52

Suspenzijo 2,46 g 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 20 ml heksametildisilazana segrevamo do refluksa pod inertnim plinom 24 ur. Nastalo bistro raztopino ohladimo na 15° in dodamo 2,0 ml ciklobutanona. Sledi eksotermična reakcija. Reakcijsko zmes mešamo, dokler temperatura ne pade na sobno temperaturo (približno 1 uro). Dodamo vodo in hlapne materiale odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo poltrdno snov. To raztopimo v 2,0 M vodni klorovodikovi kislini in speremo z 2 x 100 ml diklorometana. Vodni sloj uparimo v vakuumu, da dobimo trdno snov, ki jo spustimo skozi ionsko izmenjevalno kolono DOWE)P^ 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh), da dobimo 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksiciklobutil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 174-175° (razp.).A suspension of 2.46 g of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid in 20 ml of hexamethyldisilazane was heated to reflux under an inert gas for 24 hours. The resulting clear solution was cooled to 15 ° and 2.0 ml of cyclobutanone was added. The following is an exothermic reaction. The reaction mixture was stirred until the temperature dropped to room temperature (about 1 hour). Water was added and the volatiles were removed in vacuo to give a semi-solid. This was dissolved in 2.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and washed with 2 x 100 ml of dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was evaporated in vacuo to give a solid which was passed through a DOWE) P ^ 50 W x 8 (14-40 mesh) ion exchange column to give 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxycyclobutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 174-175 ° (dec.).

PRIMER 53EXAMPLE 53

Zmes 3,0 g hidroklorida 3-aminopropil(benzil)fosfinske kisline in 0,6 g Nishimurinega katalizatorja v 30 ml metanola hidrogeniramo 4 ure. Katalizator odfiltriramo in topilo odstranimo z uparjenjem. Ostanek raztopimo v 20 ml metanola in raztopini dodamo 10 ml propilenoksida. 3-urno mešanje da belo trdno snov, ki jo odfiltriramo in posušimo nad fosforjevim pentoksidom, da dobimo 3-aminopropil(cikloheksilmetil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 230° (razp.).A mixture of 3.0 g of 3-aminopropyl (benzyl) phosphinic acid hydrochloride and 0.6 g of Nishimura's catalyst in 30 ml of methanol was hydrogenated for 4 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved in 20 ml of methanol and 10 ml of propylene oxide were added to the solution. Stirring for 3 hours gave a white solid which was filtered off and dried over phosphorus pentoxide to give 3-aminopropyl (cyclohexylmethyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 230 ° (dec.).

PRIMER 54EXAMPLE 54

Raztopino 1 g 3-aminopropil(but-3-enil)fosfinske kisline v 25 ml vode obdelamo z 0, 1 g 5 %-nega paladija na oglju in hidrogeniramo pri sobni temperaturi, dokler ne poneha privzem vodika. Katalizator odstranimo s filtracijo reakcijske zmesi skozi Celite in filtrat uparimo do suhega, da dobimo 3-aminopropil(butil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 231-234° ( razp. ). -NMR (D^O): c) +44,6 ppm.A solution of 1 g of 3-aminopropyl (but-3-enyl) phosphinic acid in 25 ml of water is treated with 0, 1 g of 5% palladium on charcoal and hydrogenated at room temperature until hydrogen uptake ceases. The catalyst was removed by filtration of the reaction mixture through Celite and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give 3-aminopropyl (butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 231-234 ° (dec.). -NMR (D ^ O): c) +44.6 ppm.

PRIMER 55EXAMPLE 55

Suspenzijo 25,7 g 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil) fosfonasfce kisline v 150 ml brezvodnega diklorometana ohladimo na 5° pod inertnim plinom in dodamo 11,1 g trietilamina. Sledi rahlo eksotermična reakcija in vsa trdna snov se raztopi. Raztopino ponovno ohladimo na 0° in po kapljicah dodamo v teku 15 do 30 minut raztopino 11,94 g etil kloroformiata v 100 ml brezvodnega diklorometana, pri čemer vzdržujemo temperaturo pri 10°. Reakcija je eksotermična in opazimo razvijanje plina skupaj s tvorbo bele oborine. Belo suspenzijo mešamo 1 uro pri sobni temperaturi, razredčimo s 500 ml diklorometana in speremo z 2 x 200 ml vode. Po sušenju organske faze z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in uparjenju topila v vakuumu dobimo etil ester 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)fosfonaste kisline kot brezbarvno viskozno oljeA suspension of 25.7 g of 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) phosphonic acid in 150 ml of anhydrous dichloromethane was cooled to 5 ° under an inert gas and 11.1 g of triethylamine was added. A slight exothermic reaction follows and all the solid dissolves. The solution was again cooled to 0 ° and a solution of 11.94 g of ethyl chloroformate in 100 ml of anhydrous dichloromethane was added dropwise over 15 to 30 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 10 °. The reaction is exothermic and gas evolution is observed along with the formation of a white precipitate. The white suspension was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, diluted with 500 ml of dichloromethane and washed with 2 x 200 ml of water. After drying the organic phase with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporating the solvent in vacuo, 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) phosphonic acid ethyl ester is obtained as a colorless viscous oil

1H- 1 H- NMR: d (CDCip; 7,35 NMR: d (CDCl 3; 7.35 (5 H, m, (5 H, m, Ph), Ph), 7,13 7.13 (1 H, (1 H, d, J d, J = 530 = 530 Hz, Hz, P-h), 5,08 (2 H, m P-h), 5.08 (2H, m , CH2Ph),, CH 2 Ph), 4,13 4.13 (2 H, (2 H, m, P· m, P · -och2).-och 2 ). , 3,27 , 3.27 (2 (2 H, širok, se izostri H, wide, sharpen po dodatku after the addition d2o,d 2 o, ch2,ch 2 , NH2),NH 2 ), 1,82 1.82 (4 H, (4 H, m, m, 2 x CH2), 1,35 (3 H,2 x CH 2 ), 1.35 (3 H, t, ch3).t, ch 3 ).

Raztopino 2,85 g etil estra 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)fosfonaste kisline v 25 ml brezvodnega tetrahidrofurana ohladimo na 0° pod inertnim plinom in dodamo, 2,22 g trietilamina in nato po kapljicah dodamo v teku 15 minut raztopino 2,39 g trimetilsililklorida v 25 ml brezvodnega tetrahidrofurana. Sledi rahlo eksotermična reakcija in opazimo belo oborino. Suspenzijo mešamo pri sobni temperaturi 20 ur in filtriramo pod inertnim plinom. Trdno snov speremo z nadaljnjimi 50 ml brezvodnega tetrahidrofurana pod inertnim plinom in združeni organski filtrat uparimo do suhega v vakuumu, da dobimo rahlo motno brezbarvno olje. To olje obdelamo z 10 do 15 ml sveže destiliranega n-butiraldehida, pri čemer vzdržujemo inertno atmosfero. Sledi eksotermična reakcija in temperatura se dvigne na okoli 35°. Pustimo, da se zmes ohladi na sobno temperaturo, jo razredčimo s 100 ml diklorometana in speremo z vodo, 0,1 ml vodne klorovodikove kisline in nato z vodo. Sušenje topila in odstranjenje diklorometana v vakuumu da etil 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinat kot zmes diastereoizomerov:A solution of 2.85 g of 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) phosphonic acid ethyl ester in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is cooled to 0 ° under an inert gas and 2.22 g of triethylamine are added and a solution of 2.39 g is added dropwise over 15 minutes. trimethylsilyl chloride in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. A slight exothermic reaction follows and a white precipitate is observed. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and filtered under inert gas. The solid was washed with a further 50 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran under an inert gas and the combined organic filtrate was evaporated to dryness in vacuo to give a slightly cloudy colorless oil. This oil is treated with 10 to 15 ml of freshly distilled n-butyraldehyde while maintaining an inert atmosphere. An exothermic reaction follows and the temperature rises to about 35 °. Allow the mixture to cool to room temperature, dilute it with 100 ml of dichloromethane and wash with water, 0.1 ml of aqueous hydrochloric acid and then with water. Drying the solvent and removing dichloromethane in vacuo gave ethyl 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinate as a mixture of diastereoisomers:

1H-NMR: <§ (CDCl^); 7,35 (5 H, m), 5,10 (1 H, n), 4,25-3,98 (1 1 H-NMR: δ (CDCl 2); 7.35 (5H, m), 5.10 (1H, n), 4.25-3.98 (1

H, m, CHOH), 3,28 (2 H, t, CH2NH2), 1,97-1,44 (4 H, m),H, m, CHOH), 3.28 (2 H, t, CH 2 NH 2 ), 1.97-1.44 (4 H, m),

I, 40-1,21 (4 H, m), 0,95 (3 H, t, CH^.I, 40-1.21 (4 H, m), 0.95 (3 H, t, CH 2).

Raztopino 0,714 g etil 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilamino propil)-( 1-hidroksibutil)fosfinata v 10 ml brezvodnega diklorometana obdelamo pri sobni temperaturi z 0,712 gA solution of 0.714 g of ethyl 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylamino propyl) - (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinate in 10 ml of anhydrous dichloromethane is treated at room temperature with 0.712 g

N,N’-tiokarbonil-diimidazola. Rdečo· raztopino mešamo 20 ur pri sobni temperaturi, razredčimo z diklorometanom in speremo z mrzlo 1,0 M vodno klorovodikovo kislino (2 x 30 ml), vodo * in nasičeno vodno raztopino natrijevega bikarbonata. Organski sloj posušimo in topilo odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo etil 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)- /1-(0-tiokarbonilimidaz1-oiloksi)-butil/fosfinat kot bledo rumeno olje: δ 1H-NMR:N, N'-thiocarbonyl diimidazole. The red solution was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane and washed with cold 1.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 ml), water * and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was dried and the solvent removed in vacuo to give ethyl 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) - / 1- (O-thiocarbonylimidazyl-oxy) -butyl / phosphinate as a pale yellow oil: δ 1 H-NMR:

(CDC1 ); 8,46 (1 H, d, t), 7,47 (1 H, d, t), 7,35 (5 H, m, Ph), 7,07 (1 H, m), 6,12 (1 H, m, CHO), 5,10 (2 H, CH2Ph), 4,25-3,98 (2 H, m, CH2OP), 3,25 (2 H, t, CH2NH2), 1,97-1,44 (2 H, m, 2 x CH2), 1,42-1,20 (4 H, m), 0,96 (3, H, t, CH^.(CDC1); 8.46 (1 H, d, t), 7.47 (1 H, d, t), 7.35 (5 H, m, Ph), 7.07 (1 H, m), 6.12 ( 1 H, m, CHO), 5.10 (2 H, CH 2 Ph), 4.25-3.98 (2 H, m, CH 2 OP), 3.25 (2 H, t, CH 2 NH) 2 ), 1.97-1.44 (2 H, m, 2 x CH 2 ), 1.42-1.20 (4 H, m), 0.96 (3, H, t, CH 2).

Raztopino etil 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)/1-(0-tiokarbonilimidaz-1-oiloksi)butil/fosfinata v 10 ml brezvodnega odplinjenega benzena obdelamo z 0,291 g tri-n-butil kositrovega hidrida. Bistro raztopino spravimo do refluksaA solution of ethyl 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) / 1- (O-thiocarbonylimidaz-1-yloxy) butyl / phosphinate in 10 ml of anhydrous degassed benzene was treated with 0.291 g of tri-n-butyl tin hydride. The clear solution is brought to reflux

- 78 in dodatno 0,08 g azobisizobutironitrila. Z refluksom nadaljujemo še 1 uro in po tem času pokaže tankoslojna kromatografija, da je reakcija končana. Reakcijsko zmes ohladimo na sobno temperaturo in hlapni material odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo bledo rumeno olje. Olje porazdelimo med acetonitrilom in metanom in acetonitrilni sloj ločimo in speremo z nadaljnjimi 2 x 20 ml heksana. Uparjenje acetonitrila v vakuumu in kromatografija preostalega olja na kremeničnem gelu da etil 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilaminopropil)(n-butil)fosfinat kot olje; umiljenje tega olja z litijevim hidroksidom, ki mu sledi nakisanje s fosforjevo kislino, da 3-(N-benziloksikarbonilamino)propil(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 116-118°, opisano v primeru 3, ki da 3-aminopropil(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 231-234° (razp.).- 78 plus 0.08 g of azobisisobutyronitrile. The reflux was continued for 1 hour, after which time thin-layer chromatography showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatile material was removed in vacuo to give a pale yellow oil. The oil was partitioned between acetonitrile and methane and the acetonitrile layer was separated and washed with a further 2 x 20 ml of hexane. Evaporation of acetonitrile in vacuo and chromatography of the remaining silica gel oil gave ethyl 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylaminopropyl) (n-butyl) phosphinate as an oil; saponification of this oil with lithium hydroxide followed by acidification with phosphoric acid to give 3- (N-benzyloxycarbonylamino) propyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 116-118 °, described in Example 3, which gives 3-aminopropyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 231-234 ° (dec.).

PRIMER 56EXAMPLE 56

Zmes 2,0 g etil 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinata in 20,0 ml 2 M vodne klorovodikove kisline r.efluktiramo 2 uri in nato uparimo do suhega. Preostalo olje raztopimo v 10 ml vode in ponovno uparimo. Ostanek raztopimo v 20 ml etanola in obdelamo s propilen oksidom, da dobimo 1,5 g 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinske kisline, tal. 188°.A mixture of 2.0 g of ethyl 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinate and 20.0 ml of 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid was refluxed for 2 hours and then evaporated to dryness. Dissolve the remaining oil in 10 ml of water and evaporate again. The residue was dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol and treated with propylene oxide to give 1.5 g of 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 188 °.

Izhodni material pripravimo tako-le:The starting material is prepared as follows:

Zmes 24,5 g etil-(1,1-dietoksietil)fosfinata in 40 g heksametildisilazana segrevamo pri 148° pod inertnim plinom 3 ure. Reakcijsko zmes ohladimo na sobno temperaturo in dodamo 6 g akrilonitrila. Zmes mešamo 2 uri. Reakcijsko zmes uparimo, raztopimo v vodnem metanolu in ponovno uparimo, da dobimo 25,7 g etil 2-cianoetil(1 ,1-dietoksietil)fosfinata (31P-NMR: ci = N 44 ppm) .A mixture of 24.5 g of ethyl (1,1-diethoxyethyl) phosphinate and 40 g of hexamethyldisilazane was heated at 148 ° under an inert gas for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 6 g of acrylonitrile was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated, dissolved in aqueous methanol and re-evaporated to give 25.7 g of ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (1,1-diethoxyethyl) phosphinate ( 31 P-NMR: ci = N 44 ppm).

To olje obdelujemo s 25,7 g trimetilsilil klorida v 150 ml tržnega kloroforma, (ki vsebuje 1 do 5 mas. % etanola), pri sobni temperaturi 6 ur pod argonom. Reakcijsko zmes uparimo, olje raztopimo v metanolu in ponovno uparimo, da dobimo etil 2-cianoetilfosfinat.This oil is treated with 25.7 g of trimethylsilyl chloride in 150 ml of commercially available chloroform (containing 1 to 5 wt% ethanol) at room temperature for 6 hours under argon. The reaction mixture was evaporated, the oil dissolved in methanol and re-evaporated to give ethyl 2-cyanoethylphosphinate.

Zmes 2,5 g etil 2-cianoetilfosfinata in 4,96 g heksametil disilazana obdelujemo 1 uro pri 140°. Zmes ohladimo na 50° in dodamo 2,45 g n-butiraldehida. Po 15 minutah uparimo zmes do olja, ki ga souparimo z 10 ml vodnega etanola, da dobimo 3,7 g etil 2-cianoetil(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinata.A mixture of 2.5 g of ethyl 2-cyanoethylphosphinate and 4.96 g of hexamethyl disilazane was treated at 140 ° for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to 50 ° and 2.45 g of n-butyraldehyde was added. After 15 minutes, the mixture was evaporated to an oil which was co-evaporated with 10 ml of aqueous ethanol to give 3.7 g of ethyl 2-cyanoethyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinate.

To olje raztopimo v 50 ml etanola, ki vsebuje 0,58 g amoniaka in 0,5 g Raneyevega niklja,in hidrogeniramo 10 ur. Katalizator odfiltriramo in topilo odstranimo z uparevanjem, da dobimo 2,0 g etil 3-aminopropil(1-hidroksibutil-n-butil)fosfinata.Dissolve this oil in 50 ml of ethanol containing 0.58 g of ammonia and 0.5 g of Raney nickel and hydrogenate for 10 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent was removed by evaporation to give 2.0 g of ethyl 3-aminopropyl (1-hydroxybutyl-n-butyl) phosphinate.

PRIMER 57EXAMPLE 57

Suspenzijo 1,23 g 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline v 25 ml heksametildisilazana segrevamo do refluksa pod inertnim plinom 20 ur. Po tem času nastane bistra raztopina in reakcijsko zmes ohladimo na sobno temperaturo pod inertnim plinom in dodamo 50 ral brezvodnega acetona; sledi eksotermična reakcija. Reakcijsko zmes pustimo ohladiti na sobno temperaturo in hlapne komponente odstranimo v vakuumu, da dobimo bistro olje. To olje raztopimo v 50 ml vodne raztopine 2,0 M klorovodikove kisline in speremo z 2 x 100 ml diklorometana in 1 xA suspension of 1.23 g of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid in 25 ml of hexamethyldisilazane was heated to reflux under an inert gas for 20 hours. After this time, a clear solution is formed and the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature under an inert gas and 50 acres of anhydrous acetone are added; followed by an exothermic reaction. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the volatiles were removed in vacuo to give a clear oil. Dissolve this oil in 50 ml of aqueous 2.0 M hydrochloric acid and wash with 2 x 100 ml of dichloromethane and 1 x

100 ml etra. Vodni sloj uparimo do suhega, da dobimo poltrden ostanek, ki ga souparimo z vodo (10 x 20 ml) in absolutnim etanolom (10 x 20 ml), da dobimo hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(2hidroksiprop-2-il)fosfinske kisline, tal. 159—161°, kot belo trdno snov. To suspendiramo v absolutnem etanolu in obdelamo s propilen oksidom. Filtracija in sušenje trdne snovi da 3-aminopropil(2-hidroksiprop-2-il)fosfinsko kislino, tal. 243-244°.100 ml of ether. The aqueous layer was evaporated to dryness to give a semi-solid residue which was co-evaporated with water (10 x 20 ml) and absolute ethanol (10 x 20 ml) to give the hydrochloride 3-aminopropyl (2hydroxyprop-2-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 159-161 ° as a white solid. This is suspended in absolute ethanol and treated with propylene oxide. Filtration and drying of the solid gave 3-aminopropyl (2-hydroxyprop-2-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. 243-244 °.

PRIMER 58EXAMPLE 58

Analogno kot je opisano (zgoraj) v primeru 57i lahko dobimo z 20-urno reakcijo z 1-O-terc.butildimetilsililoksimetil propan-2-onom pri 70° hidroklorid 3-aminopropil(1,2dihidroksiprop-2-il)fosfinske kisline, tal. 175-179°, in 3-aminopropil-(1,2-dihidroprop-2-il)-fosfinsko kislino, tal. 209-210° (razp.).Analogous to that described above in Example 57i can be obtained by reacting for 20 hours with 1-O-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl propan-2-one at 70 ° hydrochloride 3-aminopropyl (1,2dihydroxyprop-2-yl) phosphinic acid, m.p. . 175-179 °, and 3-aminopropyl- (1,2-dihydroprop-2-yl) -phosphinic acid, m.p. 209-210 ° (dec.).

Izhodni material lahko dobimo tako-le:The starting material can be obtained as follows:

K raztopini 6,8 g imidazola v 20 ml brezvodnega dimetilformamida dodamo pri 10° pod inertnim plinom 7,5 g terc.butildimetilsilil klorida v istem topilu. Bistro raztopino mešamo 15 minut pri 10° predno dodamo 20 ml brezvodne dimetilformamidne raztopine 3,7 g hidroksi acetona. Sledi rahlo eksotermična reakcija in reakcijsko zmes segrejemo na sobno temperaturo in mešamo 16 ur. Nato reakcijsko zmes razredčimo z etrom in speremo z vodo. Po sušenju organske faze z brezvodnim magnezijevim sulfatom in odstranjenju etra v vakuumu, bistro olje destiliramo, da dobimo 1-0-terc.butildimetilsililoksimetil propan-2-on; vrel. 84-85°/24 mbar.To a solution of 6.8 g of imidazole in 20 ml of anhydrous dimethylformamide was added at 10 ° under an inert gas 7.5 g of tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in the same solvent. The clear solution was stirred for 15 minutes at 10 ° before 20 ml of anhydrous dimethylformamide solution of 3.7 g of hydroxy acetone was added. A slightly exothermic reaction follows and the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ether and washed with water. After drying the organic phase with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removing the ether in vacuo, the clear oil is distilled to give 1-0-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl propan-2-one; boil. 84-85 ° / 24 mbar.

PRIMER 59EXAMPLE 59

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 50, lahko pripravimo z reakcijo etil estra n-propilfosfonaste kisline z epoksipropilftalimidom 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(n-propil)fosfinsko kislino in njen hidroklorid.Analogous to that described in Example 50, the reaction of n-propylphosphonic acid ethyl ester with epoxypropylphthalimide 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (n-propyl) phosphinic acid and its hydrochloride can be prepared.

PRIMER 60EXAMPLE 60

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, lahko pripravimo z reakcijo etil estra n-propilfosfonaste kisline z 1-ftalimido2- (p-klorofenil)-3-bromopropanom 3-amino-2-(p-klorofenil)propil(n-propil)fosfinsko kislino in njen hidroklorid.Analogous to that described in Example 8, the reaction of n-propylphosphonic acid ethyl ester with 1-phthalimido 2- (p-chlorophenyl) -3-bromopropane 3-amino-2- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (n-propyl) phosphin can be prepared acid and its hydrochloride.

PRIMER 61EXAMPLE 61

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 4V, lahko pripravimo z reakcijo 3-(benziloksikarbonilamino)propanala z etil estrom n-propilfosfonaste kisline 3-amino-1-hidroksi-propil(n-propil)fosfinsko kislino in njen hidroklorid.Analogous to that described in Example 4V, it can be prepared by reaction of 3- (benzyloxycarbonylamino) propanal with n-propylphosphonic acid ethyl ester 3-amino-1-hydroxy-propyl (n-propyl) phosphinic acid and its hydrochloride.

PRIMER 62EXAMPLE 62

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 31 lahko dobimo z reakcijo 3-aminopropilfosfonaste kisline in 4-hidroksibut1-ena 3-aminopropil(4-hidroksibutil) fosfinsko kislino in njen hidroklorid. Z isto metodo lahko dobimo tudi z reakcijoAnalogous to that described in Example 31, the reaction of 3-aminopropylphosphonic acid and 4-hydroxybutyl-1-3-aminopropyl (4-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid and its hydrochloride can be obtained. The same method can also be obtained by reaction

3- aminopropilfosfonaste kisline in 3-hidroksibut-1-ena3- Aminopropylphosphonic acid and 3-hydroxybut-1-one

3-aminopropil( 3-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino in njen hidroklorid.3-Aminopropyl (3-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid and its hydrochloride.

PRIMER 63EXAMPLE 63

Analogno kot je opisano v primeru 8, dobimo s 16-urno reakcijo z (S)-(+)-2-raetilbutiljodidom pri 120° 3aminopropil/2-(S)-metilbutil/fosfinsko kislino, tal. 252-255° (razp.) /cx/365 nm z +20,5 ; /«/^ nm = +13,8 = +8 ;Analogous to that described in Example 8, obtained by a 16-hour reaction with (S) - (+) - 2-ethylbutyl iodide at 120 ° 3 aminopropyl/2- (S) -methylbutyl / phosphinic acid, m.p. 252-255 ° (dec) / cx / 365 nm with +20.5; / «/ ^ Nm = +13.8 = +8;

/«/|θθ = +6,6° in /<x/|gg = 6,1° (c = 0,95 v vodi) ./ «/ | Θθ = + 6.6 ° and / <x / | gg = 6.1 ° (c = 0.95 in water).

PRIMER -64EXAMPLE -64

Priprava 10.000 tablet, od katerih vsebuje vsaka 100 mg aktivne sestavine s sledečo sestavo: 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinska kislina 1.000,00 g Laktoza 257,00 g Koruzni škrob 75,00 g Polietilen glikol 6.000 75,00 g Magnezijev stearat 18,00 g Očiščena voda q.s.Preparation of 10,000 tablets, each containing 100 mg of active ingredient with the following composition: 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid 1,000.00 g Lactose 257.00 g Corn starch 75.00 g Polyethylene glycol 6.000 75, 00 g Magnesium stearate 18,00 g Purified water qs

Postopek: Vse prahe presejemo skozi sito z odprtinami 0,6 mm. Nato v primernem mešalniku pomešamo zdravilno snov, laktozo, magnezijev stearat in polovico škroba. Drugo polovico škroba suspendiramo v 40 ml vode in suspenzijo dodamo k vreli raztopini polietilen glikola v 150 ml vode. Nastalo pasto dodamo k prahom, ki jih granuliramo, po potrebi z dodatno količino vode. Granulat sušimo preko noči pri 35°, zdrobimo na situ z odprtinami 1,2 mm in stisnemo v tablete s premerom 12,8 mm in z delilno zarezo zgoraj.Procedure: Sift all powders through a sieve with apertures of 0.6 mm. Then in a suitable blender mix the drug substance, lactose, magnesium stearate and half of the starch. The other half of the starch was suspended in 40 ml of water and the suspension was added to a boiling solution of polyethylene glycol in 150 ml of water. The resulting paste is added to the granulated powders, with additional water if necessary. Dry the granulate overnight at 35 °, crush on a sieve with apertures of 1.2 mm, and compress into 12.8 mm diameter tablets with a split notch above.

- 83 PRIMER 65- 83 EXAMPLE 65

Priprava 10.000 kapsul, od katerih vsebuje vsaka 25 mg aktivne sestavine s sledečo sestavo:Preparation of 10,000 capsules, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient with the following composition:

3-amino-2-hidroksipropil(dietoksimetil ) fosfinska kislina 250,0 g3-amino-2-hydroxypropyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid 250.0 g

Laktoza 1.750,0 gLactose 1,750.0 g

Postopek: Vse prahe presejemo skozi sito z odprtinami 0,6 mm.Nato damo zdravilno snov v primeren mešalnik in mešamo z lakotozo do homogenosti. Ob uporabi stroja za polnjenje kapsul napolnimo kapsule št. 3 z 200 mg.Procedure: All powders are sieved through a 0.6 mm sieve. Then place the drug substance in a suitable mixer and mix with lactose until homogeneous. Using the capsule filling machine, fill the capsules no. 3 with 200 mg.

PRIMER 66EXAMPLE 66

Analogno, kot je opisano v primerih 65 in 66, pripravimo tablete in kapsule, ki obsegajo kot aktivno sestavino 10 do 100 mg drugih spojin v smislu izuma, npr. kot so opisane v primerih 1 do 64.In the same way as described in Examples 65 and 66, tablets and capsules comprising 10 to 100 mg of other compounds of the invention, e.g. as described in Examples 1 to 64.

Claims (73)

PATENTNI ZAHTEVKIPATENT APPLICATIONS 1. Nov postopek za pripravo spojin s formulo v kateri R pomeni alifatski, cikloalifatski, cikloalifatskoalifatski ali aralifatski radikal z 2 ali več atomi ogljika 12 3 in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal,A new process for the preparation of compounds of formula wherein R is an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic aliphatic or araliphatic radical of 2 or more carbon atoms 12 3 and in which one of the groups R, R and R is hydrogen or aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic radical, 12 3 12 je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je, v primeru R in R12 3 12 is other than R, R and R hydrogen or is, in the case of R and R 1 2 3 hidroksi in je preostali od R , R in R vodik, pod pogojem, da je R različen od 1,1-di(C^-C^-alkoksi)-C^-C^-alkila, če 1 2 3 eden od R , R in R predstavlja vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal in sta druga1 2 3 is hydroxy and the residue of R, R and R is hydrogen, provided that R is other than 1,1-di (C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy) -C 1 -C 4 -alkyl if 1 2 3 one of R, R and R represents hydrogen or an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic radical and the other 12 3 dva od R , R in R vodik, in njihovih soli, pod pogojem, da so soli spojin s formulo I, v kateri R pomeni nesubstituiran alifatski, cikloalifatski ali aralifatski ogljikovodični12 3 two of R, R and R are hydrogen, and salts thereof, provided that they are salts of compounds of formula I in which R is an unsubstituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon 13 2 radikal, R in R pomenita vodik in je R vodik ali alkil , z bazami različne od soli alkalijskih kovin in amonijevih soli; in njihovih soli, označen s tem, da v spojini s formulo II (II) ,13 radical, R and R are hydrogen and R is hydrogen or alkyl, with bases other than alkali metal salts and ammonium salts; and salts thereof, characterized in that in the compound of formula II (II), 12 3 v kateri imajo R, R , R in R svoje predhodne pomene, Z 4 - - -5 predstavlja -NH2 in 8 pomeni zaščitno skupino R za hidroksi12 3 in which R, R, R and R have their previous meanings, Z 4 - - -5 represents -NH 2 and 8 represents a protecting group R for hydroxy - 85 - 1 3 2 ali, če pomenita R in R vodik in pomeni R vodik ali alkil, pomeni ion alkalijske kovine ali amonijev ion R^, ali v v. Q 2l- 85 - 1 3 2 or, if R and R are hydrogen and R is hydrogen or alkyl, it is an alkali metal ion or an ammonium ion R ^, or in v. Q 2l Z predstavlja zaščiteno ali latentno amino skupino Z in R pomeni vodik ali zaščitno skupino R za hidroksi, katerokoli 5 6 skupino R ali R nadomestimo z vodikom in/ali katerokoli skupino Z° pretvorimo v -NH2;Z represents a protected or latent amino group Z and R represents hydrogen or a protecting group R for hydroxy, any 5 6 group R or R being replaced by hydrogen and / or any group Z ° converted to -NH 2 ; in po želji nastalo sol, dobljeno v tem postopku, lahko pretvorimo v prosto spojino ali v drugo sol in/ali po želji nastalo prosto spojino pretvorimo v sol, ki ustreza gornji definiciji, in/ali po želji nastalo zmes izomerov ločimo v posamezne izomere.and optionally the resulting salt obtained by this process can be converted to the free compound or to another salt and / or optionally the resulting free compound converted to a salt corresponding to the above definition, and / or optionally the resulting mixture of isomers is separated into individual isomers. 2. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, daA method according to claim 1, characterized in that I pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in pomeni alkil, alkenil, alkinil, alkil ali alkenil, substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, in ki je substituiran s halogenom in/ali hidroksi, cikloalkil, cikloalkil, substituiran s hidroksi, cikloalkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, cikloalkil-nižji alkil, substituiran v cikloalkilnem delu s hidroksi ali nižjim alkiltio in/ali v alkilenskem delu s hidroksi, cikloalkilnižji alkil, ki je v cikloalkilnem delu prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, fenil- ali naftil-nižji alkil ali fenil- aliI prepare compounds of formula I in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl or alkenyl substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms, selected from oxygen and sulfur, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur and which is substituted by halogen and / or hydroxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl substituted by hydroxy, cycloalkyl interrupted with one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl substituted in the cycloalkyl moiety by hydroxy or lower alkylthio and / or in the alkylene moiety by hydroxy, cycloalkyl alkyl which is in cycloalkyl part interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, phenyl or naphthyl-lower alkyl or phenyl- or - 86 -......- 86 -...... naftil-nižji alkil, obročno substituiran s halogenom in/ali verižno substituiran s hidroksi, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, in v kateri predstavlja enanaphthyl-lower alkyl, halogen-substituted and / or chain-substituted by hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, and in which one 12 3 od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil ali naftil, fenil ali naftil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluoro12 3 1 metilom, je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je, v primeru R12 3 of the groups R, R and R are hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, phenyl or naphthyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety having halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoro12 3 1 methyl, the other of R, R and R is hydrogen or, in the case of R, 2 12 3 in R , hidroksi in je preostali od R , R in R vodik ali njihove soli.2 12 3 and R, hydroxy and the remaining of R, R and R are hydrogen or salts thereof. 3- Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, alkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, cikloalkil, cikloalkil, ki je prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom, cikloalkil ali cikloalkil-nižji alkil, ki je v cikloalkilnem delu prekinjen z enim ali dvema med seboj razmaknjenima atomoma, izbranima med kisikom in žveplom; in v kateri 12 3 predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluoro1 2 metilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi in sta preostala3- Process according to claim 1, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R 2 has more than one carbon atom and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced apart atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl interrupted by one or two spaced atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl interrupted by one or two spaced apart in the cycloalkyl moiety atoms selected from oxygen and sulfur; and in which 12 3 represents one of the groups R, R and R hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoro1 2 methyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy and the remaining 1 2 3 dva od R , fi in R vodik, ali njihove soli.1 2 3 two of R, fi and R are hydrogen, or salts thereof. - 874. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, cikloalkilna, hidroksicikloalkilna, cikloalkil-nižja alkilna, cikloalkil—(hidroksi)nižja alkilna ali nižji alkiltiocikloalkil-(hidroksi)nižja alkilna skupina s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil, hidroksi-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkil, mono-, diali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno(hidroksi)nižji alkil, mono-, di ali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji alkenil, nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfinil-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfonilnižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltionižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi)nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji alkil, fenil-nižji alkil, fenil-nižji hidroksialkil, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji hidroksialkil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, naftil-nižji alkil, oksa- ali tiacikloalkil z 2 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, ali dioksa-, oksatia- ali ditiacikloalkil s 3 do 5 obročnimi atomi ogljika, in v kateri predstavlja eden od r\ R2, R3 vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, fenil, fenil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trif luorornetilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, je drugi od R1, R2 in RJ vodik ali je, v primeru R in R , hidroksi; in je preostali874. The process of claim 1, wherein the compounds of formula I are prepared, wherein R has 2 or more carbon atoms and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl or lower alkylthiocycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl group of 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polychalogen-lower alkyl, mono-, dially polyhalogen-lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polychalogen (hydroxy) lower alkyl, mono-, di or polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfinyl-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfonyl lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylthionyl alkyl, lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower hydroxyalkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower hydroxyalkyl which is mon o- or disubstituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, naphthyl-lower alkyl, oxa- or thiacycloalkyl having 2 to 6 ring carbon atoms, or dioxa-, oxathia- or dithacycloalkyl with 3 to 5 ring carbon atoms and in which one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, phenyl, phenyl which is mono- or disubstituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoronethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl which is mono- or disubstituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, the other of R 1 , R 2 and R J is hydrogen or, in the case of R and R, hydroxy; and is residual 1 2 3 od R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.1 2 3 of R, R and R hydrogen, or salts thereof. 88 5. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkenil, nižji alkinil, cikloalkilna, hidroksicikloalkilna, cikloalkil-nižja alkilna, cikloalkil(hidroksi)nižja alkilna ali nižji alkiltiocikloalkil-(hidroksi) nižja alkilna skupina s 3 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika, mono- ali dihidroksi-nižji alkil, hidroksi-nižji alkenil, mono- di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-nižji alkenil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno(hidroksi)nižji alkil, mono-, di- ali polihalogeno-(hidroksi)nižji alkenil, fenil-nižji alkil, fenil-nižji hidroksifenil, fenil-nižji alkil, ki je mono- ali disubstituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, ali naftil-nižji alkil, in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in RJ vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, je88 The process of claim 1, wherein the compounds of formula I are prepared wherein R has 2 or more carbon atoms and is lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl (hydroxy) lower an alkyl or lower alkylthiocycloalkyl- (hydroxy) lower alkyl group having 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkenyl, mono- or polyhalogen-lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen- lower alkenyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen (hydroxy) lower alkyl, mono-, di- or polyhalogen- (hydroxy) lower alkenyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower hydroxyphenyl, phenyl-lower alkyl which is mono- or disubstituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, or naphthyl-lower alkyl, and in which one of the groups R, R and R J represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen , lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, is 12 3 12 drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je, v primeru R m R , kidroksi12 3 12 the other of R, R and R is hydrogen or, in the case of R m R, is hydroxy 12 1 in je preostali od R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.12 1 and the residue of R, R and R is hydrogen, or salts thereof. 6. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R 2 ali več atomov ogljika in je nižji alkil, nižji alkenil ali nižji 1 2 3 alkinil, in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksiA process according to claim 1, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R 2 has more or more carbon atoms and is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower 1 2 3 alkynyl, and in which one of the groups R, R and R are hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl portion by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy - 39 —- 39 - 1 2 in/ali trifluorometilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi in 1 2 3 sta preostala dva od R , R in 'R vodik ali njihove soli.1 2 and / or trifluoromethyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy, and 1 2 3 are the other two of R, R and 'R are hydrogen or salts thereof. 7. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri R predstavlja nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfinil-nižji alkil, nižji alkansulfonil-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(hidroksi)nižji alkil, nižji alkoksi-(halogeno)nižji oksa- ali tiacikloalkil z 2 do 6 obročnimi atomi ogljika ali dioksa- ali ditiacikloalkil s 3 do 5 obročnimi 1 2 atomi ogljika, in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R^ vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je, vProcess according to claim 1, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R represents lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfinyl-lower alkyl, lower alkanesulfonyl-lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy lower alkyl, lower alkylthio lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (hydroxy) lower alkyl, lower alkoxy- (halogen) lower oxa- or thiacycloalkyl having 2 to 6 ring carbon atoms or dioxa- or dithacycloalkyl with 3 to 5 ring 1 2 carbon atoms and in which one of the groups R, R and R4 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, the other of R, R and R is hydrogen or is, in 12 12 3 primeru R in R , hidroksi; in je preostali od R , R in R12 12 3 the case of R and R, hydroxy; and is the residual of R, R and R 1 2 vodik, pod pogojem, da je, ce je eden od R in R vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi 1 2 3 in/ali trifluorometilom, in sta druga dva od R , R in R vodik, R je različen od hidroksi, R je različen od 1,1-di(C^-C^-alkoksD-C^-C^-alkilne skupine, in njihove soli.1 2 is hydrogen, provided that if one of R and R is hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted with halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy 1 2 3 and / or trifluoromethyl, and the other two are R, R and R hydrogen, R is other than hydroxy, R is other than 1,1-di ( C 1 -C 4 -alkoxyD-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl groups, and salts thereof. 8. Postopek po zahtevku 3, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri R predstavlja nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkoksi-nižji alkil, di-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, nižjiA process according to claim 3, wherein the compounds of formula I are prepared in which R represents lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, lower 90alkoksi-nižji alkiltio-nižji alkil, oksacikloalkil, tiacikloalkil, dioksacikloalkil in ditiacikloalkil, in v kateri ena 12 3 od skupin R , R in R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, cikloalkil, fenil, fenil, substituiran s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluorometilom, fenil-nižji alkil ali fenil-nižji alkil, substituiran v fenilnem delu s halogenom, nižjim alkilom, nižjim alkoksi in/ali trifluoro1 2 metilom, ali je eden od R in R hidroksi; in sta preostala 12 3 dva od R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.90alkoxy-lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, oxacycloalkyl, thiacycloalkyl, dioxacycloalkyl and dithacycloalkyl, and in which one of 12, of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoromethyl, phenyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl substituted in the phenyl moiety by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and / or trifluoro-1-methyl, or one of R and R is hydroxy; and the remaining 12 3 are two of R, R and R are hydrogen, or salts thereof. 9. Postopek po kateremkoli od zahtevkov 1 do 8, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri ima R tukaj definirani pomen in v kateri predstavlja ena od 12 3 skupin R , R in Ir vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in sta preostala 12 3 dva od R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.A process according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is as defined herein and in which one of 12 3 groups R, R and Ir is hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted with halogen or lower alkyl, and the remaining 12 3 are two of R, R and R hydrogen, or salts thereof. 10. Postopek po kateremkoli od zahtevkov 1 do 8, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R nižji alkil z 2 ali več atomi ogljika, nižji alkenil „ 2 ali nižji alkinil, R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in 1 3 sta R in R vodik ali njihove soli.A process according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is lower alkyl of 2 or more carbon atoms, lower alkenyl '2 or lower alkynyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted with halogen or lower alkyl, and 1 and 3 are R and R are hydrogen or salts thereof. 11. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R nižji alkoksiv - 2 nižji alkil ali mono- ali dihidroksi-nizji alkil, R predstav lja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom, in sta R in RJ vodik, in njihove soli.A process according to claim 1, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is lower alkoxy in - 2 lower alkyl or mono- or dihydroxy-lower alkyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl. substituted with halogen or lower alkyl, and R and RJ are hydrogen, and salts thereof. 12. Postopek po zahtevku 1,. označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R C2~C1^-alkil,The method of claim 1,. characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which RC 2 is C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, -'91 C2-C7-alkenil, C^-C^-alkinil, mono- ali dihidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, mono-, di- ali trihalogeno-oc-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, «.-nasičen mono-, di- ali trihalogeno-oG-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkenil, C^-C^alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil, di-C^-C^-alkoksi-C^-C^-alkil,^-hidroksiC^-Cg-cikloalkil, C^-Cg-cikloalkil-C.] -C^-alkil, C^-Cg-cikloalkil-oL-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil ali (2-C1-C^-alkiltiocikloalkil )-e< 2 hidroksi-C.]-C^-alkil, R predstavlja vodik, hidroksi, C^-C^alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali C^C^1 12 alkilom in sta R in R^ vodik ali pomeni eden od R in R hidroksi in predstavlja drugi kot tudi R vodik, ali njihove soli.-'91 C 2 -C 7 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkynyl, mono- or dihydroxy-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, mono-, di- or trihalogen-C 1 -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 - alkyl, N-saturated mono-, di- or trihalogeno-OG-hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, di-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy -C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, N-hydroxyC 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-1L-hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or (2-C 1 -C 4 -alkylthiocycloalkyl) -e <2 hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R represents hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen or C 1 -C 12 alkyl and R and R 4 are hydrogen or represents one of R and R is hydroxy and represents the other as well as R is hydrogen, or salts thereof. 13- Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R tx-, β-, f- ali ^-hidroksi- ali Λ,β-dihidroksi-C2~C7-alkil, R^ predstavlja vodik, hidroksi, C^-C^-alkil, fenil. ali fenil, substituiran 1 3 s halogenom ali C^-C^-alkilom, in sta R in R vodik ali 1 2 pomeni eden od R in R hidroksi in predstavlja drugi kot 3 tudi R vodik, ali njihove soli.A process according to claim 1, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is tx-, β-, f- or N -hydroxy- or N, β-dihydroxy-C 2 -C 7 -alkyl, R 4 represents hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, phenyl. or phenyl substituted by 1 3 with halogen or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, and R and R are hydrogen or 1 2 represents one of R and R is hydroxy and R 3 is hydrogen or the salts thereof. 14. Postopek po zahtevku 3, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R C^-C^-alkil,A process according to claim 3, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C2-C7-alkenil ali C^-C^-alkinil, R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil, ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim 1 3 alkilom, in sta R in R vodik ali njihove soli.C 2 -C 7 -alkenyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkynyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with halogen or lower 1-3 alkyl, and R and R are hydrogen or salts thereof. 15. Postopek po zahtevku 3, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri R pomeni C-C^-alkoksi2A process according to claim 3, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy C^C^-alkil, R predstavlja vodik, nižji alkil, fenil ali fenil, substituiran s halogenom ali nižjim alkilom,C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen or lower alkyl, 1 31 3 R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.R and R are hydrogen, or salts thereof. in staand sta - 9216. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri R pomeni C^-C^-alkil, oC-nasičeni C^-^-alkenil, oC-nasičeni C^-C^-alkinil, ok-, β-, f- ali -hidroksi-C2-C^-alkil, -dihidroksi-C2-Cy-alkil, mono-, di- ali trifluoro- -hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil, cx.-nasičeni mono-, di- ali trifluoro-OC-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkenil, C-C^-alkoksi9216. The process of claim 1, wherein the compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 3 -C 4 - alkynyl, ok-, β-, f- or -hydroxy-C 2 -C 4 -alkyl, -dihydroxy-C 2 -Cy-alkyl, mono-, di- or trifluoro- -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl , cx.-saturated mono-, di- or trifluoro-OC-hydroxy-C1-C4-alkenyl, C1-6-alkoxy C — C al ki 1, C^-Cg-cikloalkil-C^-C^-alkil, CK-hidroksi-C^-Cgcikloalkil ali C^-Cg-eikloalkil-cK-hidroksi-C^-C^-alkil in 12 3 predstavljajo R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.C 1 -C 6 alkyl 1, C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxy-C 1 -C 8 cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 3 -hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl 12 3 represent R, R and R hydrogen, or salts thereof. 17. Postopek po zahtevku 6, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R bodisi C2-Cyalkil, C2-Cy-alkenil, C2-Cy-alkinil ali -C^-alkoksi-C-Č^1 2 3 alkil in so R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.A process according to claim 6, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared in which R is either C 2 -Cyalkyl, C 2 -Cy-alkenyl, C 2 -Cy-alkynyl or -C 1 -alkoxy-C- C 1-3 alkyl and R, R and R are hydrogen, or salts thereof. 18. Postopek po zahtevku 6, označen s tem, da pripravimo spojine s formulo I, v kateri je R C^-C^-alkil in 1 2 3 so R , R in R vodik, ali njihove soli.A process according to claim 6, characterized in that compounds of formula I are prepared wherein R is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and 1 2 3 are R, R and R are hydrogen, or salts thereof. 19. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 20. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 21. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(etil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.21. The method of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (ethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 22. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo hidroklorid 3-amino-propil(izobutil)fosfinske kisline ali njegovo sol.The process of claim 1, wherein the hydrochloride of 3-amino-propyl (isobutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 23- Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimoThe method of claim 1, wherein the preparation is 93 3-amino-propil(alil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.93 3-Amino-propyl (allyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof. 24. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(n-pentil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (n-pentyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 25. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(but-3-enil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (but-3-enyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 26. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(izopentil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.26. The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (isopentyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 27. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(ciklopropilmetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (cyclopropylmethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 28. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 1-metil-3-amino-propil(n-butil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 1-methyl-3-amino-propyl (n-butyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 29. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(pent-3-inil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (pent-3-ynyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 30. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(but-3-inil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.30. The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (but-3-ynyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 31. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-metilalil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (2-methylallyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 32. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-etoksietil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (2-ethoxyethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 33- Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-metilbutil)-fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.33- The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (2-methylbutyl) -phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 34. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil-(3-etoksipropil)-fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl- (3-ethoxypropyl) -phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. - 94- 94 35. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(3-metoksipropil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (3-methoxypropyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 36. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(but-2-inil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (but-2-ynyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 37. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil/2-(2-etoksietoksi)etil/fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl / 2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl / phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 38. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(4,4,4-trifluorobutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (4,4,4-trifluorobutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 39. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(benzil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (benzyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 40. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(n-heptil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (n-heptyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 41. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-feniletil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (2-phenylethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 42. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(dodecil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (dodecyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 43. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(propargil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (propargyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 44. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1 ,3-ditiolan-2-il)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (1,3-dithiolan-2-yl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 45. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(tetrahidrofuran-2-il)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 46. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 47. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksiizobutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxyisobutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 48. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksietil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxyethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 49. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksibenzil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxybenzyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 50. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksi-4,4,4-trifluoro-butil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxy-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 51. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propi1(1-hidroksi-2-(Z)-fluoro-but-2-enil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxy-2- (Z) -fluoro-but-2-enyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 52. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propi1(1-hidroksi-1-ciklopropiImetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclopropylmethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 53. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil/1-hidroksi-1-(2-metiltiociklopropil)-metil/~ fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl / 1-hydroxy-1- (2-methylthiocyclopropyl) -methyl / -phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 54. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(cikloheksilmetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (cyclohexylmethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 55. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(1-hidroksi-1-ciklobutil-metil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1-hydroxy-1-cyclobutyl-methyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 56. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimoThe method of claim 1, wherein the preparation is made 3-amino-propil/2-(R)hidroksi-3-raetilbuti1/fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.3-amino-propyl / 2- (R) hydroxy-3-ethylbutyl / phosphinic acid or a salt thereof. 57. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-hidroksiprop-2-il)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (2-hydroxyprop-2-yl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 58. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil (1,2-dihidroksiprop-2-il) fosf insko kislino ali. njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (1,2-dihydroxyprop-2-yl) phosphinic acid or is prepared. its salt. 59. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(2-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (2-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 60. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-2-hidroksi-propil(propil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl (propyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 61. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-1-hidroksi-propil(propil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-1-hydroxy-propyl (propyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 62. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(4-hidroksibutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-propyl (4-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 63- Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(3-hidroksibutii)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.63- The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (3-hydroxybutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 64. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3amino-propil(2-(S)-metilbutil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.64. The process of claim 1, wherein 3 amino- propyl (2- (S) -methylbutyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 65. Postopek po zahtevku 1, označen s tem, da pripraA method according to claim 1, characterized in that it is prepared vimo spojine s formulo I vimo compounds of formula I H\I F f f Jp—CH—CH—CH—NH 2 R H \ IF ff Jp - CH - CH - CH - NH 2 R (I), (I), v kateri je H dietoksimetil, eden od in which H is diethoxymethyl, one of in and R2 jeR 2 is p-klorofenil p-chlorophenyl ali metil in sta R3 in drugi od R1 or methyl and R 3 and the other of R 1 in and 2 2 vodik; hydrogen; ali v kateri or in which je R skupina s formulo -CH(OR’ )2,R is a group of the formula -CH (OR ') 2 , v v kateri R’ which R ' predstavlja represents 1 2 C^-C^-alkil in pomenijo R , R 1 2 C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and R 1, R 3 are as defined in and R3 R 3 vodik hydrogen ali njihove or theirs
soli.salts.
66. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-2-(p-klorofeni1)propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.66. The process of claim 1, in which 3-amino-2- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 67. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-aminopropil(dietoksirnetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.67. The process of claim 1, in which 3-aminopropyl (diethoxynethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 68. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-1-(p-klorofenil)propil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.68. The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-1- (p-chlorophenyl) propyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 69. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(di-n-propiloksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.69. The process of claim 1, wherein 3-amino-propyl (di-n-propyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 70. Postopek po zahtevku 1 , v katerem pripravimo 3-amino-propil(diizopropiloksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.A process according to claim 1 in which 3-amino-propyl (diisopropyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. - 98- 98 71. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-aminobutil(dietoksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.The process of claim 1, in which 3-aminobutyl (diethoxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 72. Postopek po zahtevku 1, v katerem pripravimo 3-aminopropil(di-n-butiloksimetil)fosfinsko kislino ali njeno sol.72. The process of claim 1, wherein 3-aminopropyl (di-n-butyloxymethyl) phosphinic acid or a salt thereof is prepared. 73. Postopek za pripravo farmacevtskih pripravkov , označen s tem, da spojino s formulo I f f f73. A process for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations, characterized in that the compound of formula I f f f CH—CH—CH—NH2 (I),CH-CH-CH-NH 2 (I), RZ v kateri R pomeni alifatski, cikloalifatski, cikloalifatskoalifatski ali aralifatski radikal z 2 ali več atomi ogljika 1 2 3 in v kateri predstavlja ena od skupin R , R in R vodik ali alifatski, cikloalifatski, aralifatski ali aromatski radikal,R Z in which R represents an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aliphatic radical having 2 or more carbon atoms 1 2 3 and in which one of the groups R, R and R represents hydrogen or an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic or aromatic radical, 12 3 12 je drugi od R , R in R vodik ali je, v primeru R in R ,12 3 12 is other than R, R and R hydrogen or, in the case of R and R, 12 3 hidroksi in je preostali od R , R in R vodik, ali njeno farmacevtsko sprejemljivo sol primešamo običajnemu farmacevtske mu nosilčnemu sistemu.12 3 is hydroxy and the residue of R, R and R is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is admixed with a conventional pharmaceutical carrier system. 74. Postopek za pripravo farmacevtskih pripravkov, v katerem spojino, ki se jo da dobiti v skladu s katirernkoli od zahtevkov 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11 do 13, 16, 22 do 64 in 65 do 67 primešamo običajnemu farmacevtskemu nosilčnemu sistemu.74. A process for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions in which the compound obtainable according to any one of claims 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11 to 13, 16, 22 to 64 and 65 to 67 is mixed with the conventional pharmaceutical carrier system. 75. Postopek za pripravo farmacevtskih pripravkov, v katerem spojino po kateremkoli od zahtevkov 3, 6, 8 do 10,A method for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations, wherein the compound according to any one of claims 3, 6, 8 to 10, 14, 15, 17, 18 do 21 in 68 do 72 primešamo običajnemu farmacevtskemu nosilčnemu sistemu.14, 15, 17, 18 to 21 and 68 to 72 are admixed to a conventional pharmaceutical carrier system. 76. Postopek po kateremkoli od zahtevkov 73 do 75 za pripravo nootropskih, ahtidepresivnih in/ali antiepileptičnih zdravil.A method according to any one of claims 73 to 75 for the preparation of nootropic, ahtidepressive and / or anti-epileptic drugs.
SI8812187A 1987-12-04 1988-12-01 Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds SI8812187A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB878728483A GB8728483D0 (en) 1987-12-04 1987-12-04 Chemical compounds
YU02187/88A YU218788A (en) 1987-12-04 1988-12-01 Process for preparing substituted propan-phosphinic acids

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
SI8812187A true SI8812187A (en) 1997-02-28

Family

ID=26293162

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
SI8812187A SI8812187A (en) 1987-12-04 1988-12-01 Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds

Country Status (2)

Country Link
HR (1) HRP940304A2 (en)
SI (1) SI8812187A (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HRP940304A2 (en) 1996-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
FI91412C (en) Process for the Preparation of Substituting Propane Phosphinic Acid Compounds Useful as Drugs
US4908465A (en) Substituted propane-phosphonous acid compounds
Froestl et al. Phosphinic acid analogs of GABA. 1. New potent and selective GABAB agonists
US5190934A (en) P-subsituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds
SI9111099A (en) Process for preparation of araliphatically n-substituted aminoalkanephosphinic acids
US5300679A (en) Substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds
FI94416C (en) Process for the preparation of substituted aminoalkylphosphinic acids
US5424441A (en) N-aralkyl-and N-heteroaralkyl-aminoalkanephosphinic acids
US5190933A (en) Substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds
FI95263C (en) Process for Preparation of P-Substituted Propane Phosphinic Acid Compounds
SI8812187A (en) Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds
US5243062A (en) Substituted propane-phosphonous acid compounds
SK30198A3 (en) Substituted phosphinic compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals
US5457095A (en) Substituted propane-phosponous acid compounds
SI9010817A (en) Process for preparation of substituted propane-phosphinic acid compounds